Initial check in docu
This commit is contained in:
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
program calc;
|
||||
|
||||
{$APPTYPE CONSOLE}
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
SysUtils,
|
||||
calcLexer in 'calcLexer.pas',
|
||||
calcParser in 'calcParser.pas';
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
stm: TFileStream;
|
||||
lex: TcalcLexer;
|
||||
par: TcalcParser;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if ParamCount <> 1 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
writeln('usage: calc <filename>');
|
||||
exit;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
try
|
||||
stm := TFileStream.Create( ParamStr(1), fmOpenRead);
|
||||
lex := TcalcLexer.Create(stm);
|
||||
par := TcalcParser.Create(lex);
|
||||
|
||||
par.calc;
|
||||
except
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
stm.Free;
|
||||
par.Free;
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9;
|
||||
(((((2+3)))));
|
||||
(-1*(-2*(-3*(-4+ -5))));
|
||||
(-1*(-2*(-3*(-4+ 5))));
|
||||
7 * -(-9);
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Demo lexer for a four operator calculator
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit calcLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
lexer TcalcLexer;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
exportVocab = calcLexer;
|
||||
k = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Simple tokens
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
LPAREN : '(';
|
||||
RPAREN : ')';
|
||||
|
||||
PLUS : '+';
|
||||
MINUS : '-';
|
||||
STAR : '*';
|
||||
SLASH : '/';
|
||||
|
||||
SEMI : ';';
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// INT
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
INT : ('0'..'9')+;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// White space
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
WS
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
'\r' '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\r' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\t' { tab; }
|
||||
| ' '
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Demo parser for four operator calculator
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit calcParser;
|
||||
|
||||
parser TcalcParser;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
importVocab = calcLexer;
|
||||
exportVocab = calcParser;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memberdecl
|
||||
{
|
||||
value : integer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// calc
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
calc
|
||||
: (expression SEMI {writeln(value);} )+
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// expression
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
expression
|
||||
: simpleExpression
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// simpleExpression
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
simpleExpression
|
||||
local
|
||||
{
|
||||
temp: integer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: term { temp := value; }
|
||||
(
|
||||
PLUS term { temp := temp + value; }
|
||||
| MINUS term { temp := temp - value; }
|
||||
)* { value := temp; }
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// term
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
term
|
||||
local
|
||||
{
|
||||
temp: integer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: factor { temp := value; }
|
||||
(
|
||||
STAR factor { temp := temp * value; }
|
||||
| SLASH factor { temp := temp div value; }
|
||||
)* { value := temp; }
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// factor
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
factor
|
||||
local
|
||||
{
|
||||
s: integer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
{
|
||||
s := 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
PLUS { s := 1; }
|
||||
| MINUS { s := -1; }
|
||||
)?
|
||||
(
|
||||
uInt
|
||||
| LPAREN expression RPAREN
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
value := s * value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// uInt
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
uInt
|
||||
: x:INT { value := StrToInt( x.TokenText); }
|
||||
;
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
To build demo project you must first compile the grammars.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Open calc.dpp in DPG
|
||||
2. Press F9 to compile the grammars
|
||||
|
||||
After the compilation the project can be opened in delphi. Be sure that the dpg
|
||||
runtime library is in the delphi library path. (In the project settings,
|
||||
or in the environment settings).
|
||||
|
||||
Have fun...
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
|
||||
unit filter;
|
||||
|
||||
lexer Tfilter;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
k = 2;
|
||||
filter = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Paragraph
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
P
|
||||
: "<p>"
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Break
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
BR
|
||||
: "<br>"
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Newline
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
NEWLINE
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
'\r' '\n' { newLine; _ttype := TT_SKIP; }
|
||||
| '\r' { newLine; _ttype := TT_SKIP; }
|
||||
| '\n' { newLine; _ttype := TT_SKIP; }
|
||||
)
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Tab
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
TAB
|
||||
: '\t' { tab; _ttype := TT_SKIP; }
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.0.78r
|
||||
// Grammar: filter.g
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit filter;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
Contnrs,
|
||||
dpgLexer,
|
||||
dpgToken,
|
||||
dpgTypes,
|
||||
filterTokens,
|
||||
SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
// Class Tfilter declaration
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
Tfilter = class( TdpgLexer)
|
||||
|
||||
protected // Public grammar rules ("rescoped")
|
||||
procedure mP ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mBR ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mNEWLINE ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mTAB ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
function NextToken: IdpgToken; override;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
uses
|
||||
dpgException,
|
||||
dpgExceptionSemantic,
|
||||
dpgExceptionMismatchedChar;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mP
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure Tfilter.mP( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_P;
|
||||
|
||||
match('<p>');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mBR
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure Tfilter.mBR( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_BR;
|
||||
|
||||
match('<br>');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mNEWLINE
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure Tfilter.mNEWLINE( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_NEWLINE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [#13]) and (LA(2) in [#10])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#13);
|
||||
match(#10);
|
||||
newLine; _ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#13])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#13);
|
||||
newLine; _ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#10])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#10);
|
||||
newLine; _ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), [#10,#13], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mTAB
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure Tfilter.mTAB( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_TAB;
|
||||
|
||||
match(#9);
|
||||
tab; _ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// NextToken
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function Tfilter.NextToken : IdpgToken;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
while( true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ResetText;
|
||||
|
||||
try
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in ['<']) and (LA(2) in ['p'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mP(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['<']) and (LA(2) in ['b'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mBR(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#10,#13])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mNEWLINE(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#9])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mTAB(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if LA(1) = EOF_CHAR then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
uponEof;
|
||||
result := TdpgToken.Create(TT_EOF);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
consume;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// If we found a SKIP token, then try again...
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
if result = nil then
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Now we have a valid token, so exit the function
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
except
|
||||
consume;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.0.78r
|
||||
// Grammar: filter.g
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit filterTokens;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
TT_EOF = 1;
|
||||
TT_P = 4;
|
||||
TT_BR = 5;
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE = 6;
|
||||
TT_TAB = 7;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
// $Delphi Parser Generator: filter.pas -> TfilterTokens.txt$
|
||||
Tfilter
|
||||
TT_EOF=1
|
||||
TT_P=4
|
||||
TT_BR=5
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE=6
|
||||
TT_TAB=7
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.0.118r
|
||||
// Grammar: javadoclexer.g
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit JavaDocLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
Contnrs,
|
||||
dpgLexer,
|
||||
dpgToken,
|
||||
dpgTokenStreamSelector,
|
||||
dpgTypes,
|
||||
JavaDocTokens,
|
||||
SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
// Class TJavaDocLexer declaration
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
TJavaDocLexer = class( TdpgLexer)
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
Selector : IdpgTokenStreamSelector;
|
||||
|
||||
protected // Protected grammar rules
|
||||
procedure mID ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
|
||||
protected // Public grammar rules ("rescoped")
|
||||
procedure mPARAM ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mEXCEPTION ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mSTAR ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mJAVADOC_CLOSE ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mNEWLINE ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
function NextToken: IdpgToken; override;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
uses
|
||||
dpgException,
|
||||
dpgExceptionSemantic,
|
||||
dpgExceptionMismatchedChar;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mPARAM
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaDocLexer.mPARAM( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_cnt_3: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_PARAM;
|
||||
|
||||
match('@param');
|
||||
_cnt_3 := 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [' '])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(' ');
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if _cnt_3 >= 1 then
|
||||
break
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), [' '], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
INC(_cnt_3);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
mID(false);
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mID
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaDocLexer.mID( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_cnt_9: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_ID;
|
||||
|
||||
_cnt_9 := 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in ['a'..'z'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match( ['a'..'z']);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if _cnt_9 >= 1 then
|
||||
break
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), ['a'..'z'], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
INC(_cnt_9);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mEXCEPTION
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaDocLexer.mEXCEPTION( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_cnt_6: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_EXCEPTION;
|
||||
|
||||
match('@exception');
|
||||
_cnt_6 := 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [' '])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(' ');
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if _cnt_6 >= 1 then
|
||||
break
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), [' '], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
INC(_cnt_6);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
mID(false);
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mSTAR
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaDocLexer.mSTAR( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_STAR;
|
||||
|
||||
match('*');
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mJAVADOC_CLOSE
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaDocLexer.mJAVADOC_CLOSE( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_JAVADOC_CLOSE;
|
||||
|
||||
match('*/');
|
||||
Selector.Pop;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mNEWLINE
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaDocLexer.mNEWLINE( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_NEWLINE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [#13]) and (LA(2) in [#10])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#13);
|
||||
match(#10);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#13])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#13);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#10])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#10);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), [#10,#13], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
newLine;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// NextToken
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TJavaDocLexer.NextToken : IdpgToken;
|
||||
var
|
||||
la1 : char;
|
||||
la2 : char;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
while( true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ResetText;
|
||||
|
||||
try
|
||||
la1 := LA(1);
|
||||
la2 := LA(2);
|
||||
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in ['@']) and (LA(2) in ['p'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mPARAM(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['@']) and (LA(2) in ['e'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mEXCEPTION(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['*']) and (LA(2) in ['/'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mJAVADOC_CLOSE(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['*'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mSTAR(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#10,#13])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mNEWLINE(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if LA(1) = EOF_CHAR then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
uponEof;
|
||||
result := TdpgToken.Create(TT_EOF);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
consume;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// If we found a SKIP token, then try again...
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
if result = nil then
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Now we have a valid token, so exit the function
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
except
|
||||
consume;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.0.118r
|
||||
// Grammar: javadoclexer.g
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit JavaDocTokens;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
TT_EOF = 1;
|
||||
TT_PARAM = 4;
|
||||
TT_EXCEPTION = 5;
|
||||
TT_ID = 6;
|
||||
TT_STAR = 7;
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_CLOSE = 8;
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE = 9;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
// $Delphi Parser Generator: JavaDocLexer.pas -> TJavaDocLexerTokens.txt$
|
||||
TJavaDocLexer
|
||||
TT_EOF=1
|
||||
TT_PARAM=4
|
||||
TT_EXCEPTION=5
|
||||
TT_ID=6
|
||||
TT_STAR=7
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_CLOSE=8
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE=9
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.0.118r
|
||||
// Grammar: javalexer.g
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit JavaLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
Contnrs,
|
||||
dpgLexer,
|
||||
dpgToken,
|
||||
dpgTokenStreamSelector,
|
||||
dpgTypes,
|
||||
JavaTokens,
|
||||
SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
// Class TJavaLexer declaration
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
TJavaLexer = class( TdpgLexer)
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
Selector : IdpgTokenStreamSelector;
|
||||
|
||||
protected // Internals
|
||||
procedure initialize; override;
|
||||
|
||||
protected // Public grammar rules ("rescoped")
|
||||
procedure mSEMI ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mJAVADOC_OPEN ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mID ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mWS ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
function NextToken: IdpgToken; override;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
uses
|
||||
dpgException,
|
||||
dpgExceptionSemantic,
|
||||
dpgExceptionMismatchedChar;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mSEMI
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaLexer.mSEMI( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SEMI;
|
||||
|
||||
match(';');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mJAVADOC_OPEN
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaLexer.mJAVADOC_OPEN( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_JAVADOC_OPEN;
|
||||
|
||||
match('/**');
|
||||
Selector.Push('docLexer');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mID
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaLexer.mID( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_cnt_5: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_ID;
|
||||
|
||||
_cnt_5 := 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in ['a'..'z'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match( ['a'..'z']);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if _cnt_5 >= 1 then
|
||||
break
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), ['a'..'z'], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
INC(_cnt_5);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
_ttype := testLit( _ttype);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mWS
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaLexer.mWS( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_WS;
|
||||
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [' '])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(' ');
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#9])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#9);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#10,#13])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [#13]) and (LA(2) in [#10])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#13);
|
||||
match(#10);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#13])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#13);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#10])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#10);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), [#10,#13], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
newLine;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), [#9..#10,#13,' '], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// NextToken
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TJavaLexer.NextToken : IdpgToken;
|
||||
var
|
||||
_first : TdpgCharSet;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_first := [#9..#10,#13,' ','/',';','a'..'z'];
|
||||
|
||||
while( true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ResetText;
|
||||
|
||||
try
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [';'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mSEMI(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['/'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mJAVADOC_OPEN(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['a'..'z'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mID(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#9..#10,#13,' '])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mWS(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if LA(1) = EOF_CHAR then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
uponEof;
|
||||
result := TdpgToken.Create(TT_EOF);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create(LA(1), _first, FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// If we found a SKIP token, then try again...
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
if result = nil then
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Now we have a valid token, so exit the function
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
except
|
||||
Raise;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// InitLiterals
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
procedure TJavaLexer.initialize;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('int', 10);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.0.118r
|
||||
// Grammar: javalexer.g
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit JavaTokens;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
TT_EOF = 1;
|
||||
TT_PARAM = 4;
|
||||
TT_EXCEPTION = 5;
|
||||
TT_ID = 6;
|
||||
TT_STAR = 7;
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_CLOSE = 8;
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE = 9;
|
||||
LT_int = 10;
|
||||
TT_SEMI = 11;
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_OPEN = 12;
|
||||
TT_WS = 13;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
// $Delphi Parser Generator: JavaLexer.pas -> TJavaLexerTokens.txt$
|
||||
TJavaLexer
|
||||
TT_EOF=1
|
||||
TT_PARAM=4
|
||||
TT_EXCEPTION=5
|
||||
TT_ID=6
|
||||
TT_STAR=7
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_CLOSE=8
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE=9
|
||||
LT_int="int"=10
|
||||
TT_SEMI=11
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_OPEN=12
|
||||
TT_WS=13
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
|
||||
program demo;
|
||||
|
||||
{$APPTYPE CONSOLE}
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
SysUtils,
|
||||
dpgTokenStreamSelector,
|
||||
javaLexer,
|
||||
javaDocLexer,
|
||||
javaParser;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
stm : TFileStream;
|
||||
lexJava : TJavaLexer;
|
||||
lexJavaDoc : TJavaDocLexer;
|
||||
parJava : TJavaParser;
|
||||
sel : TdpgTokenStreamSelector;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if ParamCount = 1 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
try
|
||||
stm := TFileStream.Create( ParamStr(1), fmOpenRead);
|
||||
sel := TdpgTokenStreamSelector.Create;
|
||||
|
||||
lexJava := TJavaLexer.Create( stm);
|
||||
lexJavaDoc := TJavaDocLexer.Create( lexJava.InputState);
|
||||
|
||||
lexJava.Selector := sel;
|
||||
lexJavaDoc.Selector := sel;
|
||||
|
||||
sel.add( lexJava, 'main');
|
||||
sel.add( lexJavaDoc, 'docLexer');
|
||||
sel.select( 'main');
|
||||
|
||||
parJava := TJavaParser.Create( sel);
|
||||
|
||||
parJava.input;
|
||||
except
|
||||
writeln('Exception...');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
{ TODO -oUser -cConsole Main : Insert code here }
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
|
||||
unit JavaDocLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
{
|
||||
dpgTokenStreamSelector;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
lexer TJavaDocLexer;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
k = 2;
|
||||
exportVocab = JavaDoc;
|
||||
filter = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
memberdecl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public
|
||||
Selector : IdpgTokenStreamSelector;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// @param
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
PARAM
|
||||
: "@param" (' ')+ ID
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// @exception
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
EXCEPTION
|
||||
: "@exception" (' ')+ ID
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// identifier
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
protected ID
|
||||
: ('a'..'z')+
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Star
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This rule simply prevents JAVADOC_CLOSE from being called for every '*' in
|
||||
// a comment. Calling JAVADOC_CLOSE will fail for simple '*' and cause an
|
||||
// exception, which is slow. In other words, the grammar will work without
|
||||
// this rule, but is slower.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
STAR
|
||||
: '*' { _ttype := TT_SKIP; }
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// JavaDocClose
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
JAVADOC_CLOSE
|
||||
: "*/" { Selector.Pop; }
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// NewLine
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
NEWLINE
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
'\r' '\n'
|
||||
| '\r'
|
||||
| '\n'
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
newLine;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
|
||||
unit JavaLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
{
|
||||
dpgTokenStreamSelector;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
lexer TJavaLexer;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
k = 2;
|
||||
importVocab = JavaDoc;
|
||||
exportVocab = Java;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
tokens
|
||||
{
|
||||
"int";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
memberdecl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public
|
||||
Selector : IdpgTokenStreamSelector;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Simple tokens
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
SEMI : ';';
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// JavaDocOpen
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
JAVADOC_OPEN
|
||||
: "/**" { Selector.Push('docLexer'); }
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Identifier
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
ID
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
testLiterals = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: ('a'..'z')+
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
WS
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
' '
|
||||
| '\t'
|
||||
|
|
||||
(
|
||||
'\r' '\n'
|
||||
| '\r'
|
||||
| '\n'
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
newLine;
|
||||
}
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
unit javaParser;
|
||||
|
||||
parser TJavaParser;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
k = 2;
|
||||
importVocab = Java;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
input
|
||||
: ( (javadoc)? "int" ID SEMI)+
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
javadoc
|
||||
:
|
||||
JAVADOC_OPEN
|
||||
(PARAM)?
|
||||
(EXCEPTION)?
|
||||
JAVADOC_CLOSE
|
||||
;
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.0.118r
|
||||
// Grammar: javaparser.g
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit javaParser;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
Contnrs,
|
||||
dpgLLkParser,
|
||||
dpgToken,
|
||||
dpgTypes,
|
||||
javaParserTokens,
|
||||
SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
// Class TJavaParser declaration
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
TJavaParser = class( TdpgLLkParser)
|
||||
|
||||
public // Public grammar rules
|
||||
procedure input ;
|
||||
procedure javadoc ;
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
uses
|
||||
dpgException,
|
||||
dpgExceptionSemantic,
|
||||
dpgExceptionMismatchedToken;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// input
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaParser.input;
|
||||
var
|
||||
_cnt_4: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_cnt_4 := 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [LT_int,TT_JAVADOC_OPEN])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [TT_JAVADOC_OPEN])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
javadoc;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
match(LT_int);
|
||||
match(TT_ID);
|
||||
match(TT_SEMI);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if _cnt_4 >= 1 then
|
||||
break
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedToken.Create( LT(1), [LT_int,TT_JAVADOC_OPEN], FileName);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
INC(_cnt_4);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// javadoc
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaParser.javadoc;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
match(TT_JAVADOC_OPEN);
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [TT_PARAM])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(TT_PARAM);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [TT_EXCEPTION])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(TT_EXCEPTION);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
match(TT_JAVADOC_CLOSE);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.0.118r
|
||||
// Grammar: javaparser.g
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit javaParserTokens;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
TT_EOF = 1;
|
||||
TT_PARAM = 4;
|
||||
TT_EXCEPTION = 5;
|
||||
TT_ID = 6;
|
||||
TT_STAR = 7;
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_CLOSE = 8;
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE = 9;
|
||||
LT_int = 10;
|
||||
TT_SEMI = 11;
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_OPEN = 12;
|
||||
TT_WS = 13;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
// $Delphi Parser Generator: javaParser.pas -> TJavaParserTokens.txt$
|
||||
TJavaParser
|
||||
TT_EOF=1
|
||||
TT_PARAM=4
|
||||
TT_EXCEPTION=5
|
||||
TT_ID=6
|
||||
TT_STAR=7
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_CLOSE=8
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE=9
|
||||
LT_int="int"=10
|
||||
TT_SEMI=11
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_OPEN=12
|
||||
TT_WS=13
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
/** a javadoc comment
|
||||
* @param foo
|
||||
* @exception bar
|
||||
* Just a little text for a comment
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int abc;
|
||||
|
||||
/** a javadoc comment
|
||||
* @param foo
|
||||
* @exception bar
|
||||
* Just a little text for a comment
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int zzz;
|
||||
|
||||
/** a javadoc comment
|
||||
* @param foo
|
||||
* @exception bar
|
||||
* Just a little text for a comment
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int xxx;
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
To build a project you must first compile the grammars.
|
||||
|
||||
After the compilation the project can be opened in delphi. Be sure that the dpg
|
||||
runtime library is in the delphi library path. (In the project settings,
|
||||
or in the environment settings).
|
||||
|
||||
Have fun...
|
||||
|
||||
ps.: I'm not sure that the grammar is correct, or not...
|
||||
This is only for showing dpg features...
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
|
||||
{
|
||||
* A Child-Sibling Tree.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A tree with PLUS at the root and with two children 3 and 4 is
|
||||
* structured as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* PLUS
|
||||
* |
|
||||
* 3 -- 4
|
||||
*
|
||||
* and can be specified easily in LISP notation as
|
||||
*
|
||||
* (PLUS 3 4)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* where every '(' starts a new subtree.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These trees are particular useful for translators because of
|
||||
* the flexibility of the children lists. They are also very easy
|
||||
* to walk automatically, whereas trees with specific children
|
||||
* reference fields can't easily be walked automatically.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This class contains the basic support for an AST.
|
||||
* Most people will create ASTs that are subclasses of
|
||||
* BaseAST or of CommonAST.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
unit ast;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
Generics.Collections;
|
||||
// dpgrtl.Token;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
TAST = class;
|
||||
TASTList = TList<TAST>;
|
||||
|
||||
TAST = class
|
||||
protected
|
||||
fDown : TAST;
|
||||
fRight : TAST;
|
||||
|
||||
fAstText : AnsiString;
|
||||
fAstType : integer;
|
||||
fAstLine : integer;
|
||||
fAstColumn : integer;
|
||||
|
||||
private
|
||||
fVerbose : boolean; // verbose string conversion
|
||||
fTokenNames : TStringList;
|
||||
|
||||
private
|
||||
procedure DoFindAll( NodeToSearch : TAST;
|
||||
// v : Vector;
|
||||
Target : TAST;
|
||||
PartialMatch : boolean);
|
||||
|
||||
protected
|
||||
function GetNumberofChildren: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetEquals( Node : TAST): boolean; virtual;
|
||||
function GetEqualsList( Node : TAST): boolean; virtual;
|
||||
function GetEqualsListPartial( Node : TAST): boolean; virtual;
|
||||
function GetEqualsTree( Node : TAST): boolean; virtual;
|
||||
function GetEqualsTreePartial( Node : TAST): boolean; virtual;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetTokenNames : TStringList;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure SetVerbose( Verbose : boolean;
|
||||
Names : TStringList);
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
procedure Initialize( AstType : integer;
|
||||
AstText : AnsiString); overload; virtual; abstract;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure Initialize( Node : TAST); overload; virtual; abstract;
|
||||
// procedure Initialize( Token : TToken); overload; virtual; abstract;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure AddChild( node: TAST);
|
||||
procedure RemoveChildren;
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
procedure AfterConstruction; override;
|
||||
procedure BeforeDestruction; override;
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
property NumberOfChildren : integer read GetNumberofChildren;
|
||||
|
||||
property NextSibling : TAST read fRight write fRight;
|
||||
property FirstChild : TAST read fDown write fDown;
|
||||
|
||||
property AstText : AnsiString read fAstText write fAstText;
|
||||
property AstType : integer read fAstType write fAstType;
|
||||
property AstLine : integer read fAstLine write fAstLine;
|
||||
property AstColumn : integer read fAstColumn write fAstColumn;
|
||||
|
||||
property Equals [n: TAST]: boolean read GetEquals;
|
||||
property EqualsList [n: TAST]: boolean read GetEqualsList;
|
||||
property EqualsListPartial [n: TAST]: boolean read GetEqualsListPartial;
|
||||
property EqualsTree [n: TAST]: boolean read GetEqualsTree;
|
||||
property EqualsTreePartial [n: TAST]: boolean read GetEqualsTreepartial;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
TASTClass = class of TAST;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
{ TastBase }
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TAST.AfterConstruction;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
inherited;
|
||||
fTokenNames := TStringList.Create;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TAST.BeforeDestruction;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
fTokenNames.Free;
|
||||
inherited;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// DoFindAll
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
procedure TAST.DoFindAll(NodeToSearch, Target: TAST; PartialMatch: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
sibling : TAST;
|
||||
child : TAST;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// start walking sibling lists, looking for matches
|
||||
sibling := NodeToSearch;
|
||||
|
||||
while Assigned(sibling) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if ( PartialMatch and sibling.EqualsTreePartial[Target]) or
|
||||
( not PartialMatch and sibling.EqualsTree[Target]) then
|
||||
// v.appendelement(sibling)
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
if Assigned( sibling.FirstChild) then
|
||||
DoFindAll( sibling.FirstChild, {v,} Target, PartialMatch);
|
||||
|
||||
sibling := sibling.NextSibling
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Get Number of Children
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
function TAST.GetNumberofChildren: integer;
|
||||
var
|
||||
t: TAST;
|
||||
n: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
t := fDown;
|
||||
n := 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if Assigned(t) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(n);
|
||||
|
||||
while Assigned(t.fRight) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
t := t.fRight;
|
||||
INC(n)
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
result := n
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Get Equals
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
function TAST.GetEquals(Node: TAST): boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Assigned(Node)
|
||||
then result := (Node.fAstText = fAstText) and (Node.fAstType = fAstType)
|
||||
else result := false
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Get Equals List
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
function TAST.GetEqualsList(Node: TAST): boolean;
|
||||
var
|
||||
sibling: TAST;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := false;
|
||||
|
||||
if Assigned(Node) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
sibling := self;
|
||||
|
||||
while Assigned(sibling) and Assigned(Node) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// as a quick optimization, check roots firt
|
||||
if not sibling.Equals[Node] then
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
// if roots match, do full list match test on children
|
||||
if Assigned( sibling.FirstChild) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if not sibling.FirstChild.EqualsList[Node.FirstChild] then
|
||||
break
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
// sibling has no kids, make sure Node doesn't either
|
||||
else if Assigned(Node.FirstChild) then
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
sibling := sibling .NextSibling;
|
||||
Node := Node .NextSibling;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if not Assigned(sibling) and not Assigned(Node) then
|
||||
result := true
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Get Equals List Partial
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Is Node a subtree of this list ? The siblings of the root are NOT ignored.
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
function TAST.GetEqualsListPartial(Node: TAST): boolean;
|
||||
var
|
||||
sibling: TAST;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := false;
|
||||
|
||||
if Assigned(Node) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
sibling := self;
|
||||
|
||||
while Assigned(sibling) and Assigned(Node) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// as a quick optimization, check roots firt
|
||||
if not sibling.Equals[Node] then
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
// if roots match, do partial list match test on children
|
||||
if Assigned( sibling.FirstChild) then
|
||||
if not sibling.FirstChild.EqualsListPartial[Node.FirstChild] then
|
||||
break
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if not Assigned(sibling) and Assigned(Node)
|
||||
then result := false
|
||||
else result := true
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Get Equals Tree
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Is the tree rooted at *self* equals to *Node* ?
|
||||
// The sibling of *self* are ignored.
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
function TAST.GetEqualsTree(Node: TAST): boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := false;
|
||||
|
||||
if Equals[Node] then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// if roots match, do full list match test on children
|
||||
if Assigned(FirstChild) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if not FirstChild.EqualsList[Node.FirstChild] then
|
||||
exit;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
// No kids, make sure *Node* hasn't either
|
||||
else if Assigned(Node.FirstChild) then
|
||||
exit;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
result := true
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Get Equals Tree Partial
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
function TAST.GetEqualsTreePartial(Node: TAST): boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := false;
|
||||
|
||||
if Equals[Node] then
|
||||
if Assigned(FirstChild) then
|
||||
if not FirstChild.EqualsListPartial[Node] then
|
||||
exit;
|
||||
|
||||
result := true
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Get Token Names
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
function TAST.GetTokenNames: TStringList;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := TStringList.Create;
|
||||
result.AddStrings(fTokenNames);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Set Verbose
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
procedure TAST.SetVerbose(Verbose: boolean; Names: TStringList);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
fVerbose := Verbose;
|
||||
fTokenNames.Clear;
|
||||
ftokenNames.AddStrings(Names);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// AddChild
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
procedure TAST.AddChild(node: TAST);
|
||||
var
|
||||
n: TAST;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Assigned(node) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
n := fDown;
|
||||
|
||||
if Assigned(n) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
while Assigned(n.fRight) do
|
||||
n := n.fRight;
|
||||
|
||||
n.fRight := node
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
fDown := node
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Remove Children
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
procedure TAST.RemoveChildren;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
fDown := nil
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
unit astProgram;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
TastProgram = class
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 15 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 11 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 11 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 21 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||
program wpTest;
|
||||
|
||||
{$APPTYPE CONSOLE}
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
SysUtils,
|
||||
wpLex in '..\wpLex.pas',
|
||||
wpPar in '..\wpPar.pas',
|
||||
astProgram in '..\..\tools\ast\astProgram.pas',
|
||||
ast in '..\..\tools\ast\ast.pas';
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
stm : TFileStream;
|
||||
lex : TwpLex;
|
||||
par : TwpPar;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
try
|
||||
stm := TFileStream.Create('x.pas', fmOpenRead);
|
||||
stm.Seek(0, soFromBeginning);
|
||||
|
||||
lex := TwpLex.Create(stm);
|
||||
par := TwpPar.Create(lex);
|
||||
|
||||
par.prg;
|
||||
|
||||
stm.Free;
|
||||
lex.Free;
|
||||
par.Free;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
except
|
||||
on E: Exception do
|
||||
Writeln(E.ClassName, ': ', E.Message);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
|
||||
<Project xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
|
||||
<PropertyGroup>
|
||||
<ProjectGuid>{E509B25A-366D-449B-B4C6-013162829AAF}</ProjectGuid>
|
||||
<ProjectVersion>12.0</ProjectVersion>
|
||||
<MainSource>wpTest.dpr</MainSource>
|
||||
<Config Condition="'$(Config)'==''">Debug</Config>
|
||||
<DCC_DCCCompiler>DCC32</DCC_DCCCompiler>
|
||||
</PropertyGroup>
|
||||
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Config)'=='Base' or '$(Base)'!=''">
|
||||
<Base>true</Base>
|
||||
</PropertyGroup>
|
||||
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Config)'=='Release' or '$(Cfg_1)'!=''">
|
||||
<Cfg_1>true</Cfg_1>
|
||||
<CfgParent>Base</CfgParent>
|
||||
<Base>true</Base>
|
||||
</PropertyGroup>
|
||||
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Config)'=='Debug' or '$(Cfg_2)'!=''">
|
||||
<Cfg_2>true</Cfg_2>
|
||||
<CfgParent>Base</CfgParent>
|
||||
<Base>true</Base>
|
||||
</PropertyGroup>
|
||||
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Base)'!=''">
|
||||
<DCC_DependencyCheckOutputName>wpTest.exe</DCC_DependencyCheckOutputName>
|
||||
<DCC_ImageBase>00400000</DCC_ImageBase>
|
||||
<DCC_UnitAlias>WinTypes=Windows;WinProcs=Windows;DbiTypes=BDE;DbiProcs=BDE;DbiErrs=BDE;$(DCC_UnitAlias)</DCC_UnitAlias>
|
||||
<DCC_Platform>x86</DCC_Platform>
|
||||
<DCC_E>false</DCC_E>
|
||||
<DCC_N>false</DCC_N>
|
||||
<DCC_S>false</DCC_S>
|
||||
<DCC_F>false</DCC_F>
|
||||
<DCC_K>false</DCC_K>
|
||||
</PropertyGroup>
|
||||
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Cfg_1)'!=''">
|
||||
<DCC_LocalDebugSymbols>false</DCC_LocalDebugSymbols>
|
||||
<DCC_Define>RELEASE;$(DCC_Define)</DCC_Define>
|
||||
<DCC_SymbolReferenceInfo>0</DCC_SymbolReferenceInfo>
|
||||
<DCC_DebugInformation>false</DCC_DebugInformation>
|
||||
</PropertyGroup>
|
||||
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Cfg_2)'!=''">
|
||||
<DCC_Define>DEBUG;$(DCC_Define)</DCC_Define>
|
||||
</PropertyGroup>
|
||||
<ItemGroup>
|
||||
<DelphiCompile Include="wpTest.dpr">
|
||||
<MainSource>MainSource</MainSource>
|
||||
</DelphiCompile>
|
||||
<DCCReference Include="..\wpLex.pas"/>
|
||||
<DCCReference Include="..\wpPar.pas"/>
|
||||
<DCCReference Include="..\..\tools\ast\astProgram.pas"/>
|
||||
<DCCReference Include="..\..\tools\ast\ast.pas"/>
|
||||
<BuildConfiguration Include="Base">
|
||||
<Key>Base</Key>
|
||||
</BuildConfiguration>
|
||||
<BuildConfiguration Include="Debug">
|
||||
<Key>Cfg_2</Key>
|
||||
<CfgParent>Base</CfgParent>
|
||||
</BuildConfiguration>
|
||||
<BuildConfiguration Include="Release">
|
||||
<Key>Cfg_1</Key>
|
||||
<CfgParent>Base</CfgParent>
|
||||
</BuildConfiguration>
|
||||
</ItemGroup>
|
||||
<Import Project="$(BDS)\Bin\CodeGear.Delphi.Targets" Condition="Exists('$(BDS)\Bin\CodeGear.Delphi.Targets')"/>
|
||||
<ProjectExtensions>
|
||||
<Borland.Personality>Delphi.Personality.12</Borland.Personality>
|
||||
<Borland.ProjectType/>
|
||||
<BorlandProject>
|
||||
<Delphi.Personality>
|
||||
<Source>
|
||||
<Source Name="MainSource">wpTest.dpr</Source>
|
||||
</Source>
|
||||
<Parameters>
|
||||
<Parameters Name="UseLauncher">False</Parameters>
|
||||
<Parameters Name="LoadAllSymbols">True</Parameters>
|
||||
<Parameters Name="LoadUnspecifiedSymbols">False</Parameters>
|
||||
</Parameters>
|
||||
<VersionInfo>
|
||||
<VersionInfo Name="IncludeVerInfo">False</VersionInfo>
|
||||
<VersionInfo Name="AutoIncBuild">False</VersionInfo>
|
||||
<VersionInfo Name="MajorVer">1</VersionInfo>
|
||||
<VersionInfo Name="MinorVer">0</VersionInfo>
|
||||
<VersionInfo Name="Release">0</VersionInfo>
|
||||
<VersionInfo Name="Build">0</VersionInfo>
|
||||
<VersionInfo Name="Debug">False</VersionInfo>
|
||||
<VersionInfo Name="PreRelease">False</VersionInfo>
|
||||
<VersionInfo Name="Special">False</VersionInfo>
|
||||
<VersionInfo Name="Private">False</VersionInfo>
|
||||
<VersionInfo Name="DLL">False</VersionInfo>
|
||||
<VersionInfo Name="Locale">1031</VersionInfo>
|
||||
<VersionInfo Name="CodePage">1252</VersionInfo>
|
||||
</VersionInfo>
|
||||
<VersionInfoKeys>
|
||||
<VersionInfoKeys Name="CompanyName"/>
|
||||
<VersionInfoKeys Name="FileDescription"/>
|
||||
<VersionInfoKeys Name="FileVersion">1.0.0.0</VersionInfoKeys>
|
||||
<VersionInfoKeys Name="InternalName"/>
|
||||
<VersionInfoKeys Name="LegalCopyright"/>
|
||||
<VersionInfoKeys Name="LegalTrademarks"/>
|
||||
<VersionInfoKeys Name="OriginalFilename"/>
|
||||
<VersionInfoKeys Name="ProductName"/>
|
||||
<VersionInfoKeys Name="ProductVersion">1.0.0.0</VersionInfoKeys>
|
||||
<VersionInfoKeys Name="Comments"/>
|
||||
</VersionInfoKeys>
|
||||
</Delphi.Personality>
|
||||
</BorlandProject>
|
||||
<ProjectFileVersion>12</ProjectFileVersion>
|
||||
</ProjectExtensions>
|
||||
</Project>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
program prg1 (input,output);
|
||||
|
||||
label 1,4,5;
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
a = 3.14;
|
||||
b = 'hello';
|
||||
c = d;
|
||||
asd = 12345;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 16 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 13 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,607 @@
|
||||
unit wpLex;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
SysUtils,
|
||||
Generics.Collections;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
TTokenType =
|
||||
(
|
||||
TT_EOF,
|
||||
TT_SKIP,
|
||||
TT_COMMENT,
|
||||
|
||||
TT_LPAREN, // (
|
||||
TT_RPAREN, // )
|
||||
TT_LBRACKET, // [
|
||||
TT_RBRACKET, // ]
|
||||
|
||||
TT_STAR, // *
|
||||
TT_SLASH, // /
|
||||
TT_PLUS, // +
|
||||
TT_MINUS, // -
|
||||
|
||||
TT_LT, // <
|
||||
TT_LE, // <=
|
||||
TT_GT, // >
|
||||
TT_GE, // >=
|
||||
|
||||
TT_EQ, // =
|
||||
TT_NE, // <>
|
||||
|
||||
TT_COLON, // :
|
||||
TT_ASSIGN, // :=
|
||||
|
||||
TT_DOT, // .
|
||||
TT_RANGE, // ..
|
||||
TT_PTR, // ^
|
||||
TT_COMMA, // ,
|
||||
TT_SEMI, // ;
|
||||
TT_DOLLAR, // $
|
||||
TT_AT, // @
|
||||
TT_SHARP, // #
|
||||
|
||||
TT_ID,
|
||||
TT_UINT,
|
||||
TT_UREAL,
|
||||
TT_CHAR,
|
||||
TT_STRING,
|
||||
TT_HEX,
|
||||
TT_BIN,
|
||||
|
||||
LT_DO,
|
||||
LT_IF,
|
||||
LT_IN,
|
||||
LT_OF,
|
||||
LT_OR,
|
||||
LT_TO,
|
||||
|
||||
LT_AND,
|
||||
LT_DIV,
|
||||
LT_END,
|
||||
LT_FOR,
|
||||
LT_MOD,
|
||||
LT_NIL,
|
||||
LT_NOT,
|
||||
LT_SET,
|
||||
LT_VAR,
|
||||
LT_XOR,
|
||||
|
||||
LT_CASE,
|
||||
LT_ELSE,
|
||||
LT_FILE,
|
||||
LT_GOTO,
|
||||
LT_THEN,
|
||||
LT_TYPE,
|
||||
LT_USES,
|
||||
LT_WITH,
|
||||
|
||||
LT_ARRAY,
|
||||
LT_BEGIN,
|
||||
LT_CONST,
|
||||
LT_LABEL,
|
||||
LT_UNTIL,
|
||||
LT_WHILE,
|
||||
|
||||
LT_DOWNTO,
|
||||
LT_PACKED,
|
||||
LT_RECORD,
|
||||
LT_REPEAT,
|
||||
|
||||
LT_PROGRAM,
|
||||
LT_FUNCTION,
|
||||
LT_PROCEDURE
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
TTokenTypes = set of TTokenType;
|
||||
TBlah = set of byte;
|
||||
|
||||
TToken = class
|
||||
TokenType : TTokenType;
|
||||
TokenText : AnsiString;
|
||||
TokenLine : integer;
|
||||
TokenColumn : integer;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
TTokenMap = TDictionary<AnsiString,TTokenType>;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TwpLex = class
|
||||
private
|
||||
fBuffer : PAnsiChar;
|
||||
fStart : PAnsiChar;
|
||||
fForward : PAnsiChar;
|
||||
|
||||
fLiterals : TTokenMap;
|
||||
|
||||
fTokenLine : integer;
|
||||
fTokenColumn: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
private
|
||||
procedure InitLiterals;
|
||||
|
||||
function CheckLiteral( TokenText : AnsiString;
|
||||
TokenType : TTokenType): TTokenType;
|
||||
|
||||
function MakeToken( TokenText : AnsiString;
|
||||
TokenType : TTokenType): TToken;
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
function NextToken : TToken;
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
constructor Create( Stream: TStream; Length: Int64=-1);
|
||||
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
EwpLex = Exception;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Windows;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
{ TwpLex }
|
||||
|
||||
// @@@: Construction/destruction ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Construction/destruction
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
constructor TwpLex.Create(Stream: TStream; Length: Int64);
|
||||
var
|
||||
size : Int64;
|
||||
token : TToken;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
inherited Create;
|
||||
|
||||
InitLiterals;
|
||||
|
||||
if Assigned(Stream) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Length < 0
|
||||
then size := Stream.Size - Stream.Position
|
||||
else size := Length;
|
||||
|
||||
fBuffer := GetMemory(size+1);
|
||||
|
||||
Stream.Read( fBuffer^, size);
|
||||
|
||||
fStart := fBuffer;
|
||||
fForward := fBuffer;
|
||||
fBuffer[size] := #0;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Destructor
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
destructor TwpLex.Destroy;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
FreeAndNil(fLiterals);
|
||||
inherited;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// @@@: Internals +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Internals
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Make Token
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
function TwpLex.MakeToken(TokenText: AnsiString; TokenType: TTokenType): TToken;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := TToken.Create;
|
||||
result.TokenLine := 0;
|
||||
result.TokenColumn := 0;
|
||||
result.TokenType := TokenType;
|
||||
result.TokenText := TokenText;
|
||||
|
||||
// if TokenType = TT_COMMENT
|
||||
// then result.TokenText := TokenText
|
||||
// else result.TokenText := UpperCase(TokenText);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Init Literals
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
procedure TwpLex.InitLiterals;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
fLiterals := TTokenMap.Create;
|
||||
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('do', LT_DO);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('if', LT_IF);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('in', LT_IN);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('of', LT_OF);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('or', LT_OR);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('to', LT_TO);
|
||||
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('and', LT_AND);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('div', LT_DIV);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('end', LT_END);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('for', LT_FOR);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('mod', LT_MOD);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('nil', LT_NIL);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('not', LT_NOT);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('set', LT_SET);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('var', LT_VAR);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('xor', LT_XOR);
|
||||
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('case', LT_CASE);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('else', LT_ELSE);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('file', LT_FILE);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('goto', LT_GOTO);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('then', LT_THEN);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('type', LT_TYPE);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('uses', LT_USES);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('with', LT_WITH);
|
||||
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('array', LT_ARRAY);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('begin', LT_BEGIN);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('const', LT_CONST);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('label', LT_LABEL);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('until', LT_UNTIL);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('while', LT_WHILE);
|
||||
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('downto', LT_DOWNTO);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('packed', LT_PACKED);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('record', LT_RECORD);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('repeat', LT_REPEAT);
|
||||
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('program', LT_PROGRAM);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('function', LT_FUNCTION);
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('procedure', LT_PROCEDURE);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Check Literal
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
function TwpLex.CheckLiteral(TokenText: AnsiString; TokenType: TTokenType): TTokenType;
|
||||
var
|
||||
ttype : TTokenType;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if fLiterals.TryGetValue(TokenText, ttype)
|
||||
then result := ttype
|
||||
else result := TokenType
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// @@@: Interface +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Interface
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Next Token
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
function TwpLex.NextToken: TToken;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetTokenText: AnsiString;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
SetLength(result, fForward-fStart);
|
||||
MoveMemory( @result[1], fStart, fForward-fStart);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
ttext : AnsiString;
|
||||
ttype : TTokenType;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := nil;
|
||||
|
||||
while true do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := nil;
|
||||
fForward := fStart;
|
||||
|
||||
case fForward^ of
|
||||
|
||||
// id
|
||||
'a'..'z','A'..'Z','_':
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_ID;
|
||||
|
||||
while fForward^ in ['a'..'z','A'..'Z','0'..'9','_'] do
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
|
||||
ttype := CheckLiteral( GetTokenText, ttype);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// uint or ureal
|
||||
'0'..'9':
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_UINT;
|
||||
|
||||
while fForward^ in ['0'..'9'] do
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
|
||||
// fractional part
|
||||
if fForward^ = '.' then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
|
||||
if fForward^ in ['0'..'9'] then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_UREAL;
|
||||
|
||||
while fForward^ in ['0'..'9'] do
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if fForward^ = '.' then
|
||||
ttype := TT_RANGE
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
raise EwpLex.Create('Expected 0..9 in fractional part');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// exponential part
|
||||
if ttype in [TT_UINT, TT_UREAL] then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if fForward^ in ['e','E'] then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_UREAL;
|
||||
|
||||
if fForward^ in ['+','-'] then
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
|
||||
if fForward^ in ['0'..'9'] then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
|
||||
while fForward^ in ['0'..'9'] do
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
raise EwpLex.Create('Expected +,-,0..9 in exponential part');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// <,<=,<>
|
||||
'<':
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_LT;
|
||||
|
||||
if fForward^ in ['=','>'] then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
case fForward^ of
|
||||
'=': ttype := TT_LE;
|
||||
'>': ttype := TT_NE;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// >,>=
|
||||
'>':
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_GT;
|
||||
|
||||
if fForward^ = '=' then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_GE;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// :,:=
|
||||
':':
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_COLON;
|
||||
|
||||
if fForward^ = '=' then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_ASSIGN
|
||||
end
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// .,..
|
||||
'.':
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_DOT;
|
||||
|
||||
if fForward^ = '.' then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_RANGE;
|
||||
end
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// string
|
||||
'''':
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_CHAR;
|
||||
|
||||
while true do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if fForward^ in [#10,#13,#0] then
|
||||
raise EwpLex.Create('Newline/EOF found in string');
|
||||
|
||||
if fForward^ = '''' then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
|
||||
if fForward^ = ''''
|
||||
then INC(fForward)
|
||||
else break
|
||||
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
INC(fForward)
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// /,//
|
||||
'/':
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_SLASH;
|
||||
|
||||
if fForward^ = '/' then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_COMMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
while not (fForward^ in [#13,#10,#0]) do
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
end
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// comment
|
||||
'{':
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_COMMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
while not (fForward^ in ['}',#0]) do
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
|
||||
if fForward^ = #0
|
||||
then raise EwpLex.Create('EOF reached in comment')
|
||||
else INC( fForward);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
'(':
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_LPAREN;
|
||||
|
||||
if fForward^ = '*' then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_COMMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
while true do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if fForward^ = #0 then
|
||||
raise EwpLex.Create('EOF reached in comment');
|
||||
|
||||
if fForward^ = '*' then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
|
||||
if fForward^ = ')' then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// hex number
|
||||
'$':
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
|
||||
if fForward^ in ['0'..'9','a'..'f','A'..'F'] then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_HEX;
|
||||
|
||||
while fForward^ in ['0'..'9','a'..'f','A'..'F'] do
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
raise EwpLex.Create('Expected hexadecimal digit');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
'%':
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
|
||||
if fForward^ in ['0'..'1'] then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
ttype := TT_BIN;
|
||||
|
||||
while fForward^ in ['0'..'1'] do
|
||||
INC(fForward);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
raise EwpLex.Create('Expected binary digit');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
case fForward^ of
|
||||
')': begin ttype := TT_RPAREN; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
'[': begin ttype := TT_LBRACKET; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
']': begin ttype := TT_RBRACKET; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
|
||||
'*': begin ttype := TT_STAR; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
'+': begin ttype := TT_PLUS; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
'-': begin ttype := TT_MINUS; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
|
||||
'=': begin ttype := TT_EQ; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
|
||||
'^': begin ttype := TT_PTR; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
';': begin ttype := TT_SEMI; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
',': begin ttype := TT_COMMA; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
'$': begin ttype := TT_DOLLAR; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
|
||||
'@': begin ttype := TT_AT; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
'#': begin ttype := TT_SHARP; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
|
||||
#9 : begin ttype := TT_SKIP; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
#10: begin ttype := TT_SKIP; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
#13: begin ttype := TT_SKIP; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
#32: begin ttype := TT_SKIP; INC(fForward) end;
|
||||
|
||||
// EOF
|
||||
#0 : ttype := TT_EOF;
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
raise EwpLex.Create('Invalid character '+fForward^);
|
||||
end
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if ttype <> TT_SKIP then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ttext := GetTokenText;
|
||||
result := MakeToken( ttext, ttype);
|
||||
fStart := fForward;
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fStart := fForward;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,418 @@
|
||||
unit wpPar;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
uses
|
||||
SysUtils,
|
||||
Generics.Collections,
|
||||
wpLex;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
TStringMap = TDictionary<AnsiString,AnsiString>;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TwpPar = class
|
||||
private
|
||||
fLex : TwpLex;
|
||||
|
||||
fConstants : TStringMap;
|
||||
fTypes : TStringMap;
|
||||
|
||||
protected
|
||||
function Match( ttype : TTokenType; dispose: boolean=true):TToken; overload;
|
||||
function Match( ttypes : TTokenTypes; dispose: boolean=true):TToken; overload;
|
||||
|
||||
protected
|
||||
procedure block;
|
||||
procedure constant;
|
||||
procedure uconstant;
|
||||
procedure typedef;
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
procedure prg;
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
constructor Create( Lexer: TwpLex);
|
||||
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
EwpPar = Exception;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
{ TwpPar }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// @@@: Construction / destruction ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Construction / destruction
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
constructor TwpPar.Create(Lexer: TwpLex);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
inherited Create;
|
||||
|
||||
fLex := Lexer;
|
||||
fConstants := TStringMap.Create;
|
||||
fTypes := TStringMap.Create;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Destructor
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
destructor TwpPar.Destroy;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
fConstants .Free;
|
||||
fTypes .Free;
|
||||
|
||||
inherited
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// @@@: Internals +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Internals
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
function TwpPar.Match(ttype: TTokenType; dispose: boolean): TToken;
|
||||
var
|
||||
t: TToken;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := nil;
|
||||
t := fLex.NextToken;
|
||||
|
||||
if t.TokenType = ttype then
|
||||
if dispose
|
||||
then t.Free
|
||||
else result := t
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
raise EwpPar.Create('Unexpected token')
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
function TwpPar.Match(ttypes: TTokenTypes; dispose: boolean): TToken;
|
||||
var
|
||||
t: TToken;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := nil;
|
||||
t := fLex.NextToken;
|
||||
|
||||
if t.TokenType in ttypes then
|
||||
if dispose
|
||||
then t.Free
|
||||
else result := t
|
||||
else
|
||||
raise EwpPar.Create('Unexpected token')
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// @@@: Interface +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Interface
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Program
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
procedure TwpPar.prg;
|
||||
var
|
||||
t : TToken;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Assigned( fLex) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Match(LT_PROGRAM);
|
||||
Match(TT_ID);
|
||||
Match(TT_LPAREN);
|
||||
|
||||
t := fLex.NextToken;
|
||||
|
||||
// id [, id]*
|
||||
if t.TokenType = TT_ID then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
t.Free;
|
||||
t := fLex.NextToken;
|
||||
|
||||
while t.TokenType = TT_COMMA do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
t.Free;
|
||||
Match(TT_ID);
|
||||
t := fLex.NextToken;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if t.TokenType <> TT_RPAREN then
|
||||
raise EwpPar.Create('")" expected');
|
||||
|
||||
Match(TT_SEMI);
|
||||
block;
|
||||
Match(TT_DOT)
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// block
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
procedure TwpPar.block;
|
||||
var
|
||||
token : TToken;
|
||||
ttype : TTokenType;
|
||||
start : TTokenTypes;
|
||||
start2: TTokenTypes;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
start := [LT_LABEL,LT_CONST,LT_TYPE,LT_VAR,LT_PROCEDURE,LT_FUNCTION,LT_BEGIN];
|
||||
start2:= [LT_LABEL,LT_CONST,LT_TYPE,LT_VAR,LT_PROCEDURE,LT_FUNCTION];
|
||||
token := fLex.NextToken;
|
||||
|
||||
if token.TokenType in start then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
while token.TokenType in start2 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
case token.TokenType of
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Label
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
LT_LABEL:
|
||||
while true do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Match( TT_UINT);
|
||||
|
||||
token := fLex.NextToken;
|
||||
ttype := token.TokenType;
|
||||
|
||||
token.Free;
|
||||
|
||||
case ttype of
|
||||
TT_COMMA : ;
|
||||
TT_SEMI : begin token := fLex.NextToken; break end;
|
||||
else raise EwpPar.Create('Expected: ,;');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Const
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
LT_CONST:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
token := fLex.NextToken;
|
||||
ttype := token.TokenType;
|
||||
|
||||
while ttype = TT_ID do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
token.Free;
|
||||
Match(TT_EQ);
|
||||
constant;
|
||||
Match(TT_SEMI);
|
||||
|
||||
token := flex.NextToken;
|
||||
ttype := token.TokenType;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Type
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
LT_TYPE:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
token := fLex.NextToken;
|
||||
ttype := token.TokenType;
|
||||
|
||||
while ttype = TT_ID do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
token.Free;
|
||||
Match(TT_EQ);
|
||||
typedef;
|
||||
Match(TT_SEMI);
|
||||
|
||||
token := flex.NextToken;
|
||||
ttype := token.TokenType;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
LT_VAR:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
LT_PROCEDURE:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
LT_FUNCTION:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// token := fLex.NextToken
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if token.TokenType = LT_BEGIN then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
Match(LT_END)
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
raise EwpPar.Create('Expected: Begin');
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
raise EwpPar.Create('Expected: label, const, type, var, procedure, function, begin');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Constant
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
procedure TwpPar.constant;
|
||||
var
|
||||
token: TToken;
|
||||
ttype: TTokenType;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
token := fLex.NextToken;
|
||||
ttype := token.TokenType;
|
||||
|
||||
if ttype in [TT_PLUS,TT_MINUS,TT_ID,TT_UINT,TT_UREAL] then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if ttype in [TT_PLUS,TT_MINUS] then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
token.Free;
|
||||
|
||||
token := fLex.NextToken;
|
||||
ttype := token.TokenType;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
token.Free;
|
||||
|
||||
case ttype of
|
||||
TT_ID : ;
|
||||
TT_UINT : ;
|
||||
TT_UREAL : ;
|
||||
else raise EwpPar.Create('Expected: id,int,real')
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if ttype in [TT_CHAR, TT_STRING] then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
token.Free;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
raise EwpPar.Create('Expected: +,-,id,int,real,string');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Unsigned constant
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
procedure TwpPar.uconstant;
|
||||
var
|
||||
token: TToken;
|
||||
ttype: TTokenType;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
token := fLex.NextToken;
|
||||
ttype := token.TokenType;
|
||||
|
||||
token.Free;
|
||||
|
||||
case token.TokenType of
|
||||
TT_ID : ;
|
||||
TT_UINT : ;
|
||||
TT_UREAL : ;
|
||||
LT_NIL : ;
|
||||
TT_STRING: ;
|
||||
else raise EwpPar.Create('Expected: id,int,real,nil,string')
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
// Type
|
||||
// ================================================================================================
|
||||
procedure TwpPar.typedef;
|
||||
var
|
||||
token: TToken;
|
||||
ttype: TTokenType;
|
||||
ttext: AnsiString;
|
||||
|
||||
f_const : TTokenTypes;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
token := fLex.NextToken;
|
||||
ttype := token.TokenType;
|
||||
ttext := token.TokenText;
|
||||
|
||||
token.Free;
|
||||
|
||||
// ---------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// TT_ID
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Identifier can be an existing type identifier, or an existing
|
||||
// constant identifier. If it is contant identifier, then it must
|
||||
// be a range specification.
|
||||
// ---------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
if ttype = TT_ID then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// constant .. constant
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
if fConstants.ContainsKey(ttext) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Match(TT_RANGE);
|
||||
|
||||
token := fLex.NextToken;
|
||||
ttype := token.TokenType;
|
||||
ttext := token.TokenText;
|
||||
|
||||
token.Free;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// type identifier
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
else if fTypes.ContainsKey(ttext) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Not an constant or type identifier
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
else
|
||||
EwpPar.Create('Expected a type or constant identifier' );
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||
program wp;
|
||||
|
||||
{$APPTYPE CONSOLE}
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
SysUtils,
|
||||
dpgRTL,
|
||||
|
||||
wpParser in 'wpParser.pas',
|
||||
wpLexer in 'wpLexer.pas';
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
stm: TFileStream;
|
||||
lex: TwpLexer;
|
||||
par: TwpParser;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if ParamCount <> 1 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
writeln('usage: wp <filename>');
|
||||
exit;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
stm := nil;
|
||||
par := nil;
|
||||
|
||||
try
|
||||
stm := TFileStream.Create( ParamStr(1), fmOpenRead);
|
||||
lex := TwpLexer.Create( stm);
|
||||
par := TwpParser.Create(lex);
|
||||
|
||||
par.prog;
|
||||
except
|
||||
on e: EdpgMismatchedChar do writeln('SyntaxError: ' + IntToStr(e.Line));
|
||||
on e: EdpgMismatchedToken do writeln('SyntaxError: ' + IntToStr(e.FoundToken.TokenLine));
|
||||
else writeln('Syntax error');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if stm <> nil then stm.free;
|
||||
if par <> nil then par.free;
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
|
||||
unit wpLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
lexer TwpLexer;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
exportVocab=wpLexer;
|
||||
caseSensitive=false;
|
||||
testLiterals=false;
|
||||
k=2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
tokens
|
||||
{
|
||||
"do";
|
||||
"if";
|
||||
"in";
|
||||
"of";
|
||||
"or";
|
||||
"to";
|
||||
|
||||
"and";
|
||||
"div";
|
||||
"end";
|
||||
"for";
|
||||
"mod";
|
||||
"nil";
|
||||
"not";
|
||||
"set";
|
||||
"var";
|
||||
"xor";
|
||||
|
||||
"case";
|
||||
"else";
|
||||
"file";
|
||||
"goto";
|
||||
"then";
|
||||
"type";
|
||||
"uses";
|
||||
"with";
|
||||
|
||||
"array";
|
||||
"begin";
|
||||
"const";
|
||||
"label";
|
||||
"until";
|
||||
"while";
|
||||
|
||||
"downto";
|
||||
"packed";
|
||||
"record";
|
||||
"repeat";
|
||||
|
||||
"program";
|
||||
"function";
|
||||
"procedure";
|
||||
|
||||
STRING;
|
||||
CHAR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Simple tokens
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
LPAREN : '(';
|
||||
RPAREN : ')';
|
||||
|
||||
LBRACKET : '[';
|
||||
RBRACKET : ']';
|
||||
|
||||
COMMA : ',';
|
||||
COLON : ':';
|
||||
SEMI : ';';
|
||||
|
||||
DOT : '.';
|
||||
RANGE : "..";
|
||||
|
||||
ASSIGN : ":=";
|
||||
|
||||
EQ : '=';
|
||||
GT : '>';
|
||||
LT : '<';
|
||||
GE : ">=";
|
||||
LE : "<=";
|
||||
NE : "<>";
|
||||
|
||||
PLUS : '+';
|
||||
MINUS : '-';
|
||||
|
||||
STAR : '*';
|
||||
SLASH : '/';
|
||||
|
||||
PTR : '^';
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Identifier
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
ID
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
testLiterals=true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: LETTER (LETTER | DIGIT)* ;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Int or real
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
UINT_OR_REAL
|
||||
: (UINT RANGE) => UINT { _ttype := TT_UINT; }
|
||||
| (UINT DOT) => UREAL { _ttype := TT_UREAL; }
|
||||
| (UINT ('E'|'e')) => UREAL { _ttype := TT_UREAL; }
|
||||
| UINT { _ttype := TT_UINT; }
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Protected rules
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
protected
|
||||
LETTER : 'a'..'z' | 'A'..'Z' | '_';
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Int
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
protected
|
||||
UINT
|
||||
: (DIGIT)+
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Real
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
protected
|
||||
UREAL
|
||||
: UINT ('.' UINT)? ( ('e' | 'E') ('+'|'-')? UINT)?
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Digit
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
protected
|
||||
DIGIT
|
||||
: '0'..'9'
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// String or char
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
STRING_OR_CHAR
|
||||
: '\'' (~'\'' | '\'' '\'')* '\''
|
||||
{
|
||||
if TokenText = '''''' then _ttype := TT_STRING
|
||||
else if TokenText = '''''''''' then _ttype := TT_CHAR
|
||||
else if Length( TokenText) > 3 then _ttype := TT_STRING
|
||||
else _ttype := TT_CHAR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Single line comment
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
SLCOMMENT
|
||||
:
|
||||
"//"
|
||||
( ~( '\r' | '\n') )*
|
||||
(
|
||||
'\r' '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\r' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Multi line comment version 1
|
||||
// Nested comments aren't allowed!
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
MLCOMMENT1
|
||||
:
|
||||
"(*"
|
||||
(
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
greedy = false;
|
||||
generateAmbigWarnings = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: '\r' '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\r' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| .
|
||||
)*
|
||||
"*)"
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Multi line comment version 2
|
||||
// Nested comments aren't allowed!
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
MLCOMMENT2
|
||||
:
|
||||
"{"
|
||||
(
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
greedy = false;
|
||||
generateAmbigWarnings = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: '\r' '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\r' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| .
|
||||
)*
|
||||
"}"
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// White space
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
WS
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
'\r' '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\r' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\t' { tab; }
|
||||
| ' '
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
|
||||
unit wpParser;
|
||||
|
||||
parser TwpParser;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
importVocab = wpLexer;
|
||||
k = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// prog
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
prog
|
||||
: "program" id (LPAREN id (COLON id)* RPAREN)? SEMI block DOT
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// block
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
block
|
||||
: declarations compoundStmt
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// declarations
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
declarations
|
||||
:
|
||||
( "label" UINT (COMMA UINT)* SEMI )?
|
||||
( "const" (id EQ constant SEMI)+ )?
|
||||
( "type" (id EQ typeSpec SEMI)+ )?
|
||||
( "var" (id (COMMA id)* COLON typeSpec SEMI)+ )?
|
||||
|
||||
(
|
||||
"procedure" id parameterList SEMI block SEMI
|
||||
| "function" id parameterList COLON id SEMI block SEMI
|
||||
)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// statement
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
statement
|
||||
: (UINT COLON)?
|
||||
(
|
||||
(variable ASSIGN) => assignmentStmt
|
||||
| procedureCall
|
||||
| compoundStmt
|
||||
| ifStmt
|
||||
| caseStmt
|
||||
| whileStmt
|
||||
| repeatStmt
|
||||
| forStmt
|
||||
| withStmt
|
||||
| gotoStmt
|
||||
)?
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// assignmentStmt
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
assignmentStmt
|
||||
: variable ASSIGN expression
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// procedureCall
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedureCall
|
||||
: id (LPAREN expression (widthSpec)? (COMMA expression (widthSpec)? )* RPAREN)?
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// widthSpec
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
widthSpec
|
||||
: (COLON UINT) (COLON UINT)?
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// compoundStmt
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
compoundStmt
|
||||
: "begin" (statement (SEMI statement)*)? "end"
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// ifStmt
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
ifStmt
|
||||
: "if" expression "then" statement
|
||||
(
|
||||
("else") => "else" statement
|
||||
|
|
||||
)
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// caseStmt
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
caseStmt
|
||||
: "case" expression "of"
|
||||
( caseStmtItem (SEMI caseStmtItem)* )?
|
||||
"end"
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// caseStmtItem
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
caseStmtItem
|
||||
: constant (COMMA constant)* COLON statement
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// whileStmt
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
whileStmt
|
||||
: "while" expression "do" statement
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// repeatStmt
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
repeatStmt
|
||||
: "repeat" (statement (SEMI statement)*)? "until" expression
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// forStmt
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
forStmt
|
||||
: "for" id ASSIGN expression ("to" | "downto") expression "do" statement
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// withStmt
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
withStmt
|
||||
: "with" variable (COMMA variable)* "do" statement
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// gotoStmt
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
gotoStmt
|
||||
: "goto" UINT
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// parameterList
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
parameterList
|
||||
: (
|
||||
LPAREN
|
||||
parameter (SEMI parameter)*
|
||||
RPAREN
|
||||
)?
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// parameter
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
parameter
|
||||
: ("var" | "function")? id (COMMA id)* COLON typeId
|
||||
| "procedure" id (COMMA id)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// expression
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
expression
|
||||
: simpleExpression (relOp simpleExpression)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// simpleExpression
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
simpleExpression
|
||||
: (PLUS|MINUS)? term (addOp term)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// term
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
term
|
||||
: factor (mulOp factor)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// factor
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
factor
|
||||
: uNumber
|
||||
| "nil"
|
||||
| CHAR
|
||||
| STRING
|
||||
| (id LPAREN) => procedureCall
|
||||
| variable
|
||||
| LPAREN expression RPAREN
|
||||
| "not" factor
|
||||
| LBRACKET (expression (RANGE expression)? (COMMA expression (RANGE expression)? )* )? RBRACKET
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// variable
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
variable
|
||||
: variableId
|
||||
(
|
||||
LBRACKET expression (COMMA expression)* RBRACKET
|
||||
| DOT fieldId
|
||||
| PTR
|
||||
)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// fieldList
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
fieldList
|
||||
: simpleFieldList (simpleFieldList)* (variantFieldList)?
|
||||
|
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// simpleFieldList
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
simpleFieldList
|
||||
: id (COMMA id)* COLON typeSpec
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// caseFieldList
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
variantFieldList
|
||||
: "case" (id COLON)? typeId "of"
|
||||
constant (COMMA constant)* COLON LPAREN fieldList RPAREN
|
||||
(SEMI constant (COMMA constant)* COLON LPAREN fieldList RPAREN)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// typeSpecification
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
typeSpec
|
||||
: simpleType
|
||||
| PTR typeId
|
||||
| ("packed")?
|
||||
(
|
||||
"array" LBRACKET simpleType (COMMA simpleType)* RBRACKET "of" typeSpec
|
||||
| "file" "of" typeSpec
|
||||
| "set" "of" simpleType
|
||||
| "record" fieldList "end"
|
||||
)
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// simpleType
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
simpleType
|
||||
: (constant RANGE) => constant RANGE constant
|
||||
| typeId
|
||||
| LPAREN id (COMMA id)* RPAREN
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// constant
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
constant
|
||||
: (PLUS | MINUS)? (constantId | uNumber)
|
||||
| CHAR
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// unsignedConstant
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
uConstant
|
||||
: constantId
|
||||
| uNumber
|
||||
| "nil"
|
||||
| CHAR
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// unumber
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
uNumber
|
||||
: UINT
|
||||
| UREAL
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// uint
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
uInt
|
||||
: UINT;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// fieldId
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
fieldId
|
||||
: id
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// variableId
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
variableId
|
||||
: id
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// typeId
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
typeId
|
||||
: id
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// constantId
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
constantId
|
||||
: id
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// id
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
id
|
||||
: ID
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// relOp
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
relOp
|
||||
: GT
|
||||
| LT
|
||||
| GE
|
||||
| LE
|
||||
| NE
|
||||
| EQ
|
||||
| "in"
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// addOp
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
addOp
|
||||
: PLUS
|
||||
| MINUS
|
||||
| "or"
|
||||
| "xor"
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mulOp
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
mulOp
|
||||
: STAR
|
||||
| SLASH
|
||||
| "div"
|
||||
| "mod"
|
||||
| "and"
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
program calc;
|
||||
|
||||
{$APPTYPE CONSOLE}
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
SysUtils,
|
||||
calcLexer in 'calcLexer.pas',
|
||||
calcParser in 'calcParser.pas';
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
stm: TFileStream;
|
||||
lex: TcalcLexer;
|
||||
par: TcalcParser;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if ParamCount <> 1 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
writeln('usage: calc <filename>');
|
||||
exit;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
try
|
||||
stm := TFileStream.Create( ParamStr(1), fmOpenRead);
|
||||
lex := TcalcLexer.Create(stm);
|
||||
par := TcalcParser.Create(lex);
|
||||
|
||||
par.calc;
|
||||
except
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
stm.Free;
|
||||
par.Free;
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9;
|
||||
(((((2+3)))));
|
||||
(-1*(-2*(-3*(-4+ -5))));
|
||||
(-1*(-2*(-3*(-4+ 5))));
|
||||
7 * -(-9);
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Demo lexer for four operator calculator
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit calcLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
lexer TcalcLexer;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
exportVocab = calcLexer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Simple tokens
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
LPAREN : '(';
|
||||
RPAREN : ')';
|
||||
|
||||
PLUS : '+';
|
||||
MINUS : '-';
|
||||
STAR : '*';
|
||||
SLASH : '/';
|
||||
|
||||
SEMI : ';';
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// INT
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
INT : ('0'..'9')+;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// White space
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
WS
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
generateAmbigWarnings = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: '\r' '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\r' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\t' { tab; }
|
||||
| ' '
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,430 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.1.0d
|
||||
// Grammar: calcLexer
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit calcLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
calcLexerTokens,
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
Contnrs,
|
||||
dpgLexer,
|
||||
dpgToken,
|
||||
dpgTypes,
|
||||
SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
// Class TcalcLexer declaration
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
TcalcLexer = class( TdpgLexer)
|
||||
|
||||
protected // Public grammar rules ("rescoped")
|
||||
procedure mLPAREN ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mRPAREN ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mPLUS ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mMINUS ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mSTAR ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mSLASH ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mSEMI ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mINT ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mWS ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
function NextToken: IdpgToken; override;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
uses
|
||||
dpgException,
|
||||
dpgExceptionSemantic,
|
||||
dpgExceptionMismatchedChar;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mLPAREN
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TcalcLexer.mLPAREN( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_LPAREN;
|
||||
|
||||
match('(');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mRPAREN
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TcalcLexer.mRPAREN( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_RPAREN;
|
||||
|
||||
match(')');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mPLUS
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TcalcLexer.mPLUS( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_PLUS;
|
||||
|
||||
match('+');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mMINUS
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TcalcLexer.mMINUS( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_MINUS;
|
||||
|
||||
match('-');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mSTAR
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TcalcLexer.mSTAR( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_STAR;
|
||||
|
||||
match('*');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mSLASH
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TcalcLexer.mSLASH( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SLASH;
|
||||
|
||||
match('/');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mSEMI
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TcalcLexer.mSEMI( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SEMI;
|
||||
|
||||
match(';');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mINT
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TcalcLexer.mINT( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_cnt_10: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_INT;
|
||||
|
||||
_cnt_10 := 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in ['0'..'9'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match( ['0'..'9']);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if _cnt_10 >= 1 then
|
||||
break
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), ['0'..'9'], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
INC(_cnt_10);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mWS
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TcalcLexer.mWS( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_WS;
|
||||
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [#13])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#13);
|
||||
match(#10);
|
||||
newLine;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#13])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#13);
|
||||
newLine;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#10])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#10);
|
||||
newLine;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#9])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#9);
|
||||
tab;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [' '])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(' ');
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), [#9..#10,#13,' '], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// NextToken
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TcalcLexer.NextToken : IdpgToken;
|
||||
var
|
||||
_first : TdpgCharSet;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_first := [#9..#10,#13,' ','('..'+','-','/'..'9',';'];
|
||||
|
||||
while( true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ResetText;
|
||||
|
||||
try
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in ['('])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mLPAREN(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [')'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mRPAREN(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['+'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mPLUS(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['-'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mMINUS(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['*'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mSTAR(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['/'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mSLASH(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [';'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mSEMI(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['0'..'9'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mINT(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#9..#10,#13,' '])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mWS(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if LA(1) = EOF_CHAR then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
uponEof;
|
||||
result := TdpgToken.Create(TT_EOF);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create(LA(1), _first, FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// If we found a SKIP token, then try again...
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
if result = nil then
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Now we have a valid token, so exit the function
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
except
|
||||
Raise;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.1.0d
|
||||
// Grammar: calcLexer
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit calcLexerTokens;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
TT_EOF = 1;
|
||||
TT_LPAREN = 4;
|
||||
TT_RPAREN = 5;
|
||||
TT_PLUS = 6;
|
||||
TT_MINUS = 7;
|
||||
TT_STAR = 8;
|
||||
TT_SLASH = 9;
|
||||
TT_SEMI = 10;
|
||||
TT_INT = 11;
|
||||
TT_WS = 12;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
// $Delphi Parser Generator: calcLexer -> calcLexerTokens.txt$
|
||||
TcalcLexer
|
||||
TT_EOF=1
|
||||
TT_LPAREN=4
|
||||
TT_RPAREN=5
|
||||
TT_PLUS=6
|
||||
TT_MINUS=7
|
||||
TT_STAR=8
|
||||
TT_SLASH=9
|
||||
TT_SEMI=10
|
||||
TT_INT=11
|
||||
TT_WS=12
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Demo parser for four operator calculator
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit calcParser;
|
||||
|
||||
parser TcalcParser;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
importVocab = calcLexer;
|
||||
exportVocab = calcParser;
|
||||
// k = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// calc
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
calc
|
||||
local
|
||||
{
|
||||
v: integer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: (v=expression SEMI {writeln(v);} )+
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// expression
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
expression returns [integer]
|
||||
: result=simpleExpression
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// simpleExpression
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
simpleExpression returns [integer]
|
||||
local
|
||||
{
|
||||
v : integer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: result=term
|
||||
(
|
||||
PLUS v=term { result := result + v; }
|
||||
| MINUS v=term { result := result - v; }
|
||||
)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// term
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
term returns [integer]
|
||||
local
|
||||
{
|
||||
v : integer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: result=factor
|
||||
(
|
||||
STAR v=factor { result := result * v; }
|
||||
| SLASH v=factor { result := result div v; }
|
||||
)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// factor
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
factor returns [integer]
|
||||
local
|
||||
{
|
||||
s: integer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
{
|
||||
s := 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
PLUS { s := 1; }
|
||||
| MINUS { s := -1; }
|
||||
)?
|
||||
(
|
||||
result=uInt
|
||||
| LPAREN result=expression RPAREN
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
result := s * result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// uInt
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
uInt returns [integer]
|
||||
: x:INT { result := StrToInt( x.TokenText); }
|
||||
;
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.1.0d
|
||||
// Grammar: calcParser
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit calcParser;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
calcParserTokens,
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
Contnrs,
|
||||
dpgLLkParser,
|
||||
dpgToken,
|
||||
dpgTypes,
|
||||
SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
// Class TcalcParser declaration
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
TcalcParser = class( TdpgLLkParser)
|
||||
|
||||
public // Public grammar rules
|
||||
procedure calc ;
|
||||
procedure expression ;
|
||||
procedure simpleExpression ;
|
||||
procedure term ;
|
||||
procedure factor ;
|
||||
procedure uInt ;
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
uses
|
||||
dpgException,
|
||||
dpgExceptionSemantic,
|
||||
dpgExceptionMismatchedToken;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// calc
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TcalcParser.calc;
|
||||
var
|
||||
_cnt_16: integer;
|
||||
v: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
_cnt_16 := 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [TT_LPAREN,TT_PLUS..TT_MINUS,TT_INT])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
expression;
|
||||
match(TT_SEMI);
|
||||
writeln(v);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if _cnt_16 >= 1 then
|
||||
break
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedToken.Create( LT(1), [TT_LPAREN,TT_PLUS..TT_MINUS,TT_INT], FileName);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
INC(_cnt_16);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// expression
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TcalcParser.expression;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
simpleExpression;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// simpleExpression
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TcalcParser.simpleExpression;
|
||||
var
|
||||
v : integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
term;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [TT_PLUS])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(TT_PLUS);
|
||||
term;
|
||||
result := result + v;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [TT_MINUS])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(TT_MINUS);
|
||||
term;
|
||||
result := result - v;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// term
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TcalcParser.term;
|
||||
var
|
||||
v : integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
factor;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [TT_STAR])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(TT_STAR);
|
||||
factor;
|
||||
result := result * v;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [TT_SLASH])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(TT_SLASH);
|
||||
factor;
|
||||
result := result div v;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// factor
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TcalcParser.factor;
|
||||
var
|
||||
s: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
s := 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [TT_PLUS])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(TT_PLUS);
|
||||
s := 1;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [TT_MINUS])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(TT_MINUS);
|
||||
s := -1;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [TT_INT])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
uInt;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [TT_LPAREN])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(TT_LPAREN);
|
||||
expression;
|
||||
match(TT_RPAREN);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedToken.Create( LT(1), [TT_LPAREN,TT_INT], FileName);
|
||||
result := s * result;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// uInt
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TcalcParser.uInt;
|
||||
var
|
||||
x: IdpgToken;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
x := LT(1);
|
||||
match(TT_INT);
|
||||
result := StrToInt( x.TokenText);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.1.0d
|
||||
// Grammar: calcParser
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit calcParserTokens;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
TT_EOF = 1;
|
||||
TT_LPAREN = 4;
|
||||
TT_RPAREN = 5;
|
||||
TT_PLUS = 6;
|
||||
TT_MINUS = 7;
|
||||
TT_STAR = 8;
|
||||
TT_SLASH = 9;
|
||||
TT_SEMI = 10;
|
||||
TT_INT = 11;
|
||||
TT_WS = 12;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
// $Delphi Parser Generator: calcParser -> calcParserTokens.txt$
|
||||
TcalcParser
|
||||
TT_EOF=1
|
||||
TT_LPAREN=4
|
||||
TT_RPAREN=5
|
||||
TT_PLUS=6
|
||||
TT_MINUS=7
|
||||
TT_STAR=8
|
||||
TT_SLASH=9
|
||||
TT_SEMI=10
|
||||
TT_INT=11
|
||||
TT_WS=12
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
||||
To build demo project you must first compile the grammars.
|
||||
This grammar CAN NOT! be compiled with the demo version of dpg.
|
||||
|
||||
1. dpg calcLexer.g
|
||||
2. dpg calcParser.g
|
||||
|
||||
After the compilation the project can be opened in delphi. Be sure that the dpg
|
||||
runtime library is in the delphi library path. (In the project settings,
|
||||
or in the environment settings).
|
||||
|
||||
Have fun...
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
||||
unit hocLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Lexer class declaration
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
lexer ThocLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Lexer options
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
k = 2;
|
||||
exportVocab = hocLexer;
|
||||
caseSensitive = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Begin rule definitions
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Remember: All lexer rule names must begin with UPPERCASE letter!
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Simple tokens
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
LPAREN : '(';
|
||||
RPAREN : ')';
|
||||
|
||||
PLUS : '+';
|
||||
MINUS : '-';
|
||||
STAR : '*';
|
||||
SLASH : '/';
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// NUMBER
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
UNUMBER
|
||||
: UINT ('.' UINT)?
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// UINT
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
protected
|
||||
UINT
|
||||
: (DIGIT)+
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DIGIT
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
protected
|
||||
DIGIT
|
||||
: '0'..'9'
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// NEWLINE
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
NEWLINE
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
generateAmbigWarnings = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: '\r' '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\r' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
)
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// WHITESPACE
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
WHITESPACE
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
' '
|
||||
| '\t' { tab; }
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// End rule definitions
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,505 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.1.0r
|
||||
// Grammar: hocLexer
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit hocLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
Contnrs,
|
||||
dpgLexer,
|
||||
dpgToken,
|
||||
dpgTypes,
|
||||
hocLexerTokens,
|
||||
SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
// Class ThocLexer declaration
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
ThocLexer = class( TdpgLexer)
|
||||
|
||||
protected // Internals
|
||||
procedure initialize; override;
|
||||
|
||||
protected // Protected grammar rules
|
||||
procedure mUINT ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mDIGIT ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
|
||||
protected // Public grammar rules ("rescoped")
|
||||
procedure mLPAREN ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mRPAREN ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mPLUS ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mMINUS ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mSTAR ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mSLASH ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mUNUMBER ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mNEWLINE ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mWHITESPACE ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
function NextToken: IdpgToken; override;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
uses
|
||||
dpgException,
|
||||
dpgExceptionSemantic,
|
||||
dpgExceptionMismatchedChar;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mLPAREN
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure ThocLexer.mLPAREN( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_LPAREN;
|
||||
|
||||
match('(');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mRPAREN
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure ThocLexer.mRPAREN( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_RPAREN;
|
||||
|
||||
match(')');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mPLUS
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure ThocLexer.mPLUS( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_PLUS;
|
||||
|
||||
match('+');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mMINUS
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure ThocLexer.mMINUS( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_MINUS;
|
||||
|
||||
match('-');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mSTAR
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure ThocLexer.mSTAR( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_STAR;
|
||||
|
||||
match('*');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mSLASH
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure ThocLexer.mSLASH( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SLASH;
|
||||
|
||||
match('/');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mUNUMBER
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure ThocLexer.mUNUMBER( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_UNUMBER;
|
||||
|
||||
mUINT(false);
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in ['.'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match('.');
|
||||
mUINT(false);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mUINT
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure ThocLexer.mUINT( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_cnt_40: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_UINT;
|
||||
|
||||
_cnt_40 := 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in ['0'..'9'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mDIGIT(false);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if _cnt_40 >= 1 then
|
||||
break
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), ['0'..'9'], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
INC(_cnt_40);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mDIGIT
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure ThocLexer.mDIGIT( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_DIGIT;
|
||||
|
||||
match( ['0'..'9']);
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mNEWLINE
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure ThocLexer.mNEWLINE( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_NEWLINE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [#13]) and (LA(2) in [#10])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#13);
|
||||
match(#10);
|
||||
newLine;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#13])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#13);
|
||||
newLine;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#10])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#10);
|
||||
newLine;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), [#10,#13], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mWHITESPACE
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure ThocLexer.mWHITESPACE( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_WHITESPACE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [' '])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(' ');
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#9])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#9);
|
||||
tab;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), [#9,' '], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// NextToken
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function ThocLexer.NextToken : IdpgToken;
|
||||
var
|
||||
_first : TdpgCharSet;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_first := [#9..#10,#13,' ','('..'+','-','/'..'9'];
|
||||
|
||||
while( true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ResetText;
|
||||
|
||||
try
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in ['('])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mLPAREN(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [')'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mRPAREN(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['+'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mPLUS(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['-'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mMINUS(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['*'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mSTAR(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['/'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mSLASH(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['0'..'9'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mUNUMBER(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#10,#13])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mNEWLINE(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#9,' '])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mWHITESPACE(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if LA(1) = EOF_CHAR then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
uponEof;
|
||||
result := TdpgToken.Create(TT_EOF);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create(LA(1), _first, FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// If we found a SKIP token, then try again...
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
if result = nil then
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Now we have a valid token, so exit the function
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
except
|
||||
Raise;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// InitLiterals
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
procedure ThocLexer.initialize;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
fCaseSensitive := false;
|
||||
fLiterals.CaseSensitive := false;
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.1.0r
|
||||
// Grammar: hocLexer
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit hocLexerTokens;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
TT_EOF = 1;
|
||||
TT_LPAREN = 4;
|
||||
TT_RPAREN = 5;
|
||||
TT_PLUS = 6;
|
||||
TT_MINUS = 7;
|
||||
TT_STAR = 8;
|
||||
TT_SLASH = 9;
|
||||
TT_UNUMBER = 10;
|
||||
TT_UINT = 11;
|
||||
TT_DIGIT = 12;
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE = 13;
|
||||
TT_WHITESPACE = 14;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
// $Delphi Parser Generator: hocLexer -> hocLexerTokens.txt$
|
||||
ThocLexer
|
||||
TT_EOF=1
|
||||
TT_LPAREN=4
|
||||
TT_RPAREN=5
|
||||
TT_PLUS=6
|
||||
TT_MINUS=7
|
||||
TT_STAR=8
|
||||
TT_SLASH=9
|
||||
TT_UNUMBER=10
|
||||
TT_UINT=11
|
||||
TT_DIGIT=12
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE=13
|
||||
TT_WHITESPACE=14
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
||||
unit hocParser;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Parser class declaration
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
parser ThocParser;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Parser options
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
k = 2;
|
||||
importVocab = hocLexer;
|
||||
exportVocab = hocParser;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// Begin rule definitions
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Remember: All parser rule names must begin with LOWERCASE letter!
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// prog
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
prog
|
||||
local
|
||||
{
|
||||
val : double;
|
||||
}
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
(
|
||||
val = expression
|
||||
)?
|
||||
|
||||
NEWLINE
|
||||
)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// expression
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
expression returns [double]
|
||||
local
|
||||
{
|
||||
val : double;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: result = term
|
||||
(
|
||||
PLUS val = term { result := result + val; }
|
||||
| MINUS val = term { result := result - val; }
|
||||
)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// term
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
term returns [double]
|
||||
local
|
||||
{
|
||||
val : double;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: result = factor
|
||||
(
|
||||
STAR val = factor { result := result * val; }
|
||||
| SLASH val = factor { result := result / val; }
|
||||
)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// factor
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
factor returns [double]
|
||||
: result = uNumber
|
||||
| LPAREN result = expression RPAREN
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// uNumber
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
uNumber returns [double]
|
||||
: n:UNUMBER
|
||||
{
|
||||
result := StrToIntDef( n.TokenText);
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// End rule definitions
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// This section is used for generating member defintions in the unit 'hocParser'.
|
||||
// The content of the section is verbatim copied into the generated code.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
memberdef
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.1.0r
|
||||
// Grammar: hocParser
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit hocParser;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
Contnrs,
|
||||
dpgLLkParser,
|
||||
dpgToken,
|
||||
dpgTypes,
|
||||
hocParserTokens,
|
||||
SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
// Class ThocParser declaration
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
ThocParser = class( TdpgLLkParser)
|
||||
|
||||
public // Public grammar rules
|
||||
procedure prog ;
|
||||
function expression : double;
|
||||
function term : double;
|
||||
function factor : double;
|
||||
function uNumber : double;
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
uses
|
||||
dpgException,
|
||||
dpgExceptionSemantic,
|
||||
dpgExceptionMismatchedToken;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// prog
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure ThocParser.prog;
|
||||
var
|
||||
val : double;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [TT_LPAREN,TT_UNUMBER,TT_NEWLINE])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [TT_LPAREN,TT_UNUMBER])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
val := expression;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
match(TT_NEWLINE);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// expression
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
function ThocParser.expression: double;
|
||||
var
|
||||
val : double;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
result := term;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [TT_PLUS])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(TT_PLUS);
|
||||
val := term;
|
||||
result := result + val;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [TT_MINUS])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(TT_MINUS);
|
||||
val := term;
|
||||
result := result - val;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// term
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
function ThocParser.term: double;
|
||||
var
|
||||
val : double;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
result := factor;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [TT_STAR])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(TT_STAR);
|
||||
val := factor;
|
||||
result := result * val;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [TT_SLASH])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(TT_SLASH);
|
||||
val := factor;
|
||||
result := result / val;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// factor
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
function ThocParser.factor: double;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [TT_UNUMBER])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := uNumber;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [TT_LPAREN])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(TT_LPAREN);
|
||||
result := expression;
|
||||
match(TT_RPAREN);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedToken.Create( LT(1), [TT_LPAREN,TT_UNUMBER], FileName);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// uNumber
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
function ThocParser.uNumber: double;
|
||||
var
|
||||
n: IdpgToken;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
n := LT(1);
|
||||
match(TT_UNUMBER);
|
||||
result := StrToIntDef( n.TokenText);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.1.0r
|
||||
// Grammar: hocParser
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit hocParserTokens;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
TT_EOF = 1;
|
||||
TT_LPAREN = 4;
|
||||
TT_RPAREN = 5;
|
||||
TT_PLUS = 6;
|
||||
TT_MINUS = 7;
|
||||
TT_STAR = 8;
|
||||
TT_SLASH = 9;
|
||||
TT_UNUMBER = 10;
|
||||
TT_UINT = 11;
|
||||
TT_DIGIT = 12;
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE = 13;
|
||||
TT_WHITESPACE = 14;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
// $Delphi Parser Generator: hocParser -> hocParserTokens.txt$
|
||||
ThocParser
|
||||
TT_EOF=1
|
||||
TT_LPAREN=4
|
||||
TT_RPAREN=5
|
||||
TT_PLUS=6
|
||||
TT_MINUS=7
|
||||
TT_STAR=8
|
||||
TT_SLASH=9
|
||||
TT_UNUMBER=10
|
||||
TT_UINT=11
|
||||
TT_DIGIT=12
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE=13
|
||||
TT_WHITESPACE=14
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
|
||||
unit filter;
|
||||
|
||||
lexer Tfilter;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
k = 2;
|
||||
filter = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Paragraph
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
P
|
||||
: "<p>"
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Break
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
BR
|
||||
: "<br>"
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Newline
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
NEWLINE
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
'\r' '\n' { newLine; _ttype := TT_SKIP; }
|
||||
| '\r' { newLine; _ttype := TT_SKIP; }
|
||||
| '\n' { newLine; _ttype := TT_SKIP; }
|
||||
)
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Tab
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
TAB
|
||||
: '\t' { tab; _ttype := TT_SKIP; }
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.0.78r
|
||||
// Grammar: filter.g
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit filter;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
Contnrs,
|
||||
dpgLexer,
|
||||
dpgToken,
|
||||
dpgTypes,
|
||||
filterTokens,
|
||||
SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
// Class Tfilter declaration
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
Tfilter = class( TdpgLexer)
|
||||
|
||||
protected // Public grammar rules ("rescoped")
|
||||
procedure mP ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mBR ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mNEWLINE ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mTAB ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
function NextToken: IdpgToken; override;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
uses
|
||||
dpgException,
|
||||
dpgExceptionSemantic,
|
||||
dpgExceptionMismatchedChar;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mP
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure Tfilter.mP( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_P;
|
||||
|
||||
match('<p>');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mBR
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure Tfilter.mBR( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_BR;
|
||||
|
||||
match('<br>');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mNEWLINE
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure Tfilter.mNEWLINE( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_NEWLINE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [#13]) and (LA(2) in [#10])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#13);
|
||||
match(#10);
|
||||
newLine; _ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#13])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#13);
|
||||
newLine; _ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#10])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#10);
|
||||
newLine; _ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), [#10,#13], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mTAB
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure Tfilter.mTAB( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_TAB;
|
||||
|
||||
match(#9);
|
||||
tab; _ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// NextToken
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function Tfilter.NextToken : IdpgToken;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
while( true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ResetText;
|
||||
|
||||
try
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in ['<']) and (LA(2) in ['p'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mP(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['<']) and (LA(2) in ['b'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mBR(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#10,#13])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mNEWLINE(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#9])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mTAB(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if LA(1) = EOF_CHAR then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
uponEof;
|
||||
result := TdpgToken.Create(TT_EOF);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
consume;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// If we found a SKIP token, then try again...
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
if result = nil then
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Now we have a valid token, so exit the function
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
except
|
||||
consume;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.0.78r
|
||||
// Grammar: filter.g
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit filterTokens;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
TT_EOF = 1;
|
||||
TT_P = 4;
|
||||
TT_BR = 5;
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE = 6;
|
||||
TT_TAB = 7;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
// $Delphi Parser Generator: filter.pas -> TfilterTokens.txt$
|
||||
Tfilter
|
||||
TT_EOF=1
|
||||
TT_P=4
|
||||
TT_BR=5
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE=6
|
||||
TT_TAB=7
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.0.118r
|
||||
// Grammar: javadoclexer.g
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit JavaDocLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
Contnrs,
|
||||
dpgLexer,
|
||||
dpgToken,
|
||||
dpgTokenStreamSelector,
|
||||
dpgTypes,
|
||||
JavaDocTokens,
|
||||
SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
// Class TJavaDocLexer declaration
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
TJavaDocLexer = class( TdpgLexer)
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
Selector : IdpgTokenStreamSelector;
|
||||
|
||||
protected // Protected grammar rules
|
||||
procedure mID ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
|
||||
protected // Public grammar rules ("rescoped")
|
||||
procedure mPARAM ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mEXCEPTION ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mSTAR ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mJAVADOC_CLOSE ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mNEWLINE ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
function NextToken: IdpgToken; override;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
uses
|
||||
dpgException,
|
||||
dpgExceptionSemantic,
|
||||
dpgExceptionMismatchedChar;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mPARAM
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaDocLexer.mPARAM( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_cnt_3: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_PARAM;
|
||||
|
||||
match('@param');
|
||||
_cnt_3 := 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [' '])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(' ');
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if _cnt_3 >= 1 then
|
||||
break
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), [' '], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
INC(_cnt_3);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
mID(false);
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mID
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaDocLexer.mID( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_cnt_9: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_ID;
|
||||
|
||||
_cnt_9 := 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in ['a'..'z'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match( ['a'..'z']);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if _cnt_9 >= 1 then
|
||||
break
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), ['a'..'z'], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
INC(_cnt_9);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mEXCEPTION
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaDocLexer.mEXCEPTION( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_cnt_6: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_EXCEPTION;
|
||||
|
||||
match('@exception');
|
||||
_cnt_6 := 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [' '])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(' ');
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if _cnt_6 >= 1 then
|
||||
break
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), [' '], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
INC(_cnt_6);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
mID(false);
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mSTAR
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaDocLexer.mSTAR( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_STAR;
|
||||
|
||||
match('*');
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mJAVADOC_CLOSE
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaDocLexer.mJAVADOC_CLOSE( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_JAVADOC_CLOSE;
|
||||
|
||||
match('*/');
|
||||
Selector.Pop;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mNEWLINE
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaDocLexer.mNEWLINE( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_NEWLINE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [#13]) and (LA(2) in [#10])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#13);
|
||||
match(#10);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#13])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#13);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#10])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#10);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), [#10,#13], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
newLine;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// NextToken
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TJavaDocLexer.NextToken : IdpgToken;
|
||||
var
|
||||
la1 : char;
|
||||
la2 : char;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
while( true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ResetText;
|
||||
|
||||
try
|
||||
la1 := LA(1);
|
||||
la2 := LA(2);
|
||||
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in ['@']) and (LA(2) in ['p'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mPARAM(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['@']) and (LA(2) in ['e'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mEXCEPTION(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['*']) and (LA(2) in ['/'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mJAVADOC_CLOSE(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['*'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mSTAR(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#10,#13])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mNEWLINE(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if LA(1) = EOF_CHAR then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
uponEof;
|
||||
result := TdpgToken.Create(TT_EOF);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
consume;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// If we found a SKIP token, then try again...
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
if result = nil then
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Now we have a valid token, so exit the function
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
except
|
||||
consume;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.0.118r
|
||||
// Grammar: javadoclexer.g
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit JavaDocTokens;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
TT_EOF = 1;
|
||||
TT_PARAM = 4;
|
||||
TT_EXCEPTION = 5;
|
||||
TT_ID = 6;
|
||||
TT_STAR = 7;
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_CLOSE = 8;
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE = 9;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
// $Delphi Parser Generator: JavaDocLexer.pas -> TJavaDocLexerTokens.txt$
|
||||
TJavaDocLexer
|
||||
TT_EOF=1
|
||||
TT_PARAM=4
|
||||
TT_EXCEPTION=5
|
||||
TT_ID=6
|
||||
TT_STAR=7
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_CLOSE=8
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE=9
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.0.118r
|
||||
// Grammar: javalexer.g
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit JavaLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
Contnrs,
|
||||
dpgLexer,
|
||||
dpgToken,
|
||||
dpgTokenStreamSelector,
|
||||
dpgTypes,
|
||||
JavaTokens,
|
||||
SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
// Class TJavaLexer declaration
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
TJavaLexer = class( TdpgLexer)
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
Selector : IdpgTokenStreamSelector;
|
||||
|
||||
protected // Internals
|
||||
procedure initialize; override;
|
||||
|
||||
protected // Public grammar rules ("rescoped")
|
||||
procedure mSEMI ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mJAVADOC_OPEN ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mID ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
procedure mWS ( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
function NextToken: IdpgToken; override;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
uses
|
||||
dpgException,
|
||||
dpgExceptionSemantic,
|
||||
dpgExceptionMismatchedChar;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mSEMI
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaLexer.mSEMI( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SEMI;
|
||||
|
||||
match(';');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mJAVADOC_OPEN
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaLexer.mJAVADOC_OPEN( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_JAVADOC_OPEN;
|
||||
|
||||
match('/**');
|
||||
Selector.Push('docLexer');
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mID
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaLexer.mID( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_cnt_5: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_ID;
|
||||
|
||||
_cnt_5 := 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in ['a'..'z'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match( ['a'..'z']);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if _cnt_5 >= 1 then
|
||||
break
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), ['a'..'z'], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
INC(_cnt_5);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
_ttype := testLit( _ttype);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// mWS
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaLexer.mWS( pCreate: boolean);
|
||||
var
|
||||
_begin: integer;
|
||||
_save: integer;
|
||||
_token: IdpgToken;
|
||||
_ttype: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_begin := Length( fText) +1;
|
||||
_token := nil;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_WS;
|
||||
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [' '])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(' ');
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#9])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#9);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#10,#13])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [#13]) and (LA(2) in [#10])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#13);
|
||||
match(#10);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#13])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#13);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#10])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(#10);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), [#10,#13], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
newLine;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create( LA(1), [#9..#10,#13,' '], FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_ttype <> TT_SKIP) and (pCreate = true) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_token := makeToken( _ttype);
|
||||
_token.TokenText := Copy( fText, _begin, Length(fText)-_begin+1);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
fReturnToken := _token;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// NextToken
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TJavaLexer.NextToken : IdpgToken;
|
||||
var
|
||||
_first : TdpgCharSet;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_first := [#9..#10,#13,' ','/',';','a'..'z'];
|
||||
|
||||
while( true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ResetText;
|
||||
|
||||
try
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [';'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mSEMI(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['/'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mJAVADOC_OPEN(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in ['a'..'z'])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mID(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else if (( LA(1) in [#9..#10,#13,' '])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
mWS(true);
|
||||
result := fReturnToken;
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if LA(1) = EOF_CHAR then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
uponEof;
|
||||
result := TdpgToken.Create(TT_EOF);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedChar.Create(LA(1), _first, FileName, Line, Column);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// If we found a SKIP token, then try again...
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
if result = nil then
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Now we have a valid token, so exit the function
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
except
|
||||
Raise;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// InitLiterals
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
procedure TJavaLexer.initialize;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
fLiterals.Add('int', 10);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.0.118r
|
||||
// Grammar: javalexer.g
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit JavaTokens;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
TT_EOF = 1;
|
||||
TT_PARAM = 4;
|
||||
TT_EXCEPTION = 5;
|
||||
TT_ID = 6;
|
||||
TT_STAR = 7;
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_CLOSE = 8;
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE = 9;
|
||||
LT_int = 10;
|
||||
TT_SEMI = 11;
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_OPEN = 12;
|
||||
TT_WS = 13;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
// $Delphi Parser Generator: JavaLexer.pas -> TJavaLexerTokens.txt$
|
||||
TJavaLexer
|
||||
TT_EOF=1
|
||||
TT_PARAM=4
|
||||
TT_EXCEPTION=5
|
||||
TT_ID=6
|
||||
TT_STAR=7
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_CLOSE=8
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE=9
|
||||
LT_int="int"=10
|
||||
TT_SEMI=11
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_OPEN=12
|
||||
TT_WS=13
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
|
||||
program demo;
|
||||
|
||||
{$APPTYPE CONSOLE}
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
SysUtils,
|
||||
dpgTokenStreamSelector,
|
||||
javaLexer,
|
||||
javaDocLexer,
|
||||
javaParser;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
stm : TFileStream;
|
||||
lexJava : TJavaLexer;
|
||||
lexJavaDoc : TJavaDocLexer;
|
||||
parJava : TJavaParser;
|
||||
sel : TdpgTokenStreamSelector;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if ParamCount = 1 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
try
|
||||
stm := TFileStream.Create( ParamStr(1), fmOpenRead);
|
||||
sel := TdpgTokenStreamSelector.Create;
|
||||
|
||||
lexJava := TJavaLexer.Create( stm);
|
||||
lexJavaDoc := TJavaDocLexer.Create( lexJava.InputState);
|
||||
|
||||
lexJava.Selector := sel;
|
||||
lexJavaDoc.Selector := sel;
|
||||
|
||||
sel.add( lexJava, 'main');
|
||||
sel.add( lexJavaDoc, 'docLexer');
|
||||
sel.select( 'main');
|
||||
|
||||
parJava := TJavaParser.Create( sel);
|
||||
|
||||
parJava.input;
|
||||
except
|
||||
writeln('Exception...');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
{ TODO -oUser -cConsole Main : Insert code here }
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
|
||||
unit JavaDocLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
{
|
||||
dpgTokenStreamSelector;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
lexer TJavaDocLexer;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
k = 2;
|
||||
exportVocab = JavaDoc;
|
||||
filter = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
memberdecl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public
|
||||
Selector : IdpgTokenStreamSelector;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// @param
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
PARAM
|
||||
: "@param" (' ')+ ID
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// @exception
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
EXCEPTION
|
||||
: "@exception" (' ')+ ID
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// identifier
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
protected ID
|
||||
: ('a'..'z')+
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Star
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This rule simply prevents JAVADOC_CLOSE from being called for every '*' in
|
||||
// a comment. Calling JAVADOC_CLOSE will fail for simple '*' and cause an
|
||||
// exception, which is slow. In other words, the grammar will work without
|
||||
// this rule, but is slower.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
STAR
|
||||
: '*' { _ttype := TT_SKIP; }
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// JavaDocClose
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
JAVADOC_CLOSE
|
||||
: "*/" { Selector.Pop; }
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// NewLine
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
NEWLINE
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
'\r' '\n'
|
||||
| '\r'
|
||||
| '\n'
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
newLine;
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
|
||||
unit JavaLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
{
|
||||
dpgTokenStreamSelector;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
lexer TJavaLexer;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
k = 2;
|
||||
importVocab = JavaDoc;
|
||||
exportVocab = Java;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
tokens
|
||||
{
|
||||
"int";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
memberdecl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public
|
||||
Selector : IdpgTokenStreamSelector;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Simple tokens
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
SEMI : ';';
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// JavaDocOpen
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
JAVADOC_OPEN
|
||||
: "/**" { Selector.Push('docLexer'); }
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Identifier
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
ID
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
testLiterals = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: ('a'..'z')+
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
WS
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
' '
|
||||
| '\t'
|
||||
|
|
||||
(
|
||||
'\r' '\n'
|
||||
| '\r'
|
||||
| '\n'
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
newLine;
|
||||
}
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
unit javaParser;
|
||||
|
||||
parser TJavaParser;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
k = 2;
|
||||
importVocab = Java;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
input
|
||||
: ( (javadoc)? "int" ID SEMI)+
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
javadoc
|
||||
:
|
||||
JAVADOC_OPEN
|
||||
(PARAM)?
|
||||
(EXCEPTION)?
|
||||
JAVADOC_CLOSE
|
||||
;
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.0.118r
|
||||
// Grammar: javaparser.g
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit javaParser;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes,
|
||||
Contnrs,
|
||||
dpgLLkParser,
|
||||
dpgToken,
|
||||
dpgTypes,
|
||||
javaParserTokens,
|
||||
SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
// Class TJavaParser declaration
|
||||
// =========================================================================
|
||||
TJavaParser = class( TdpgLLkParser)
|
||||
|
||||
public // Public grammar rules
|
||||
procedure input ;
|
||||
procedure javadoc ;
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
uses
|
||||
dpgException,
|
||||
dpgExceptionSemantic,
|
||||
dpgExceptionMismatchedToken;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// input
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaParser.input;
|
||||
var
|
||||
_cnt_4: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
_cnt_4 := 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(true) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [LT_int,TT_JAVADOC_OPEN])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [TT_JAVADOC_OPEN])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
javadoc;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
match(LT_int);
|
||||
match(TT_ID);
|
||||
match(TT_SEMI);
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if _cnt_4 >= 1 then
|
||||
break
|
||||
else
|
||||
Raise EdpgMismatchedToken.Create( LT(1), [LT_int,TT_JAVADOC_OPEN], FileName);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
INC(_cnt_4);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// javadoc
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
procedure TJavaParser.javadoc;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
match(TT_JAVADOC_OPEN);
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [TT_PARAM])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(TT_PARAM);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
if (( LA(1) in [TT_EXCEPTION])) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
match(TT_EXCEPTION);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
match(TT_JAVADOC_CLOSE);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// This file is generated by the Delphi Parser Generator.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// DPG version: 1.0.0.118r
|
||||
// Grammar: javaparser.g
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
unit javaParserTokens;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
TT_EOF = 1;
|
||||
TT_PARAM = 4;
|
||||
TT_EXCEPTION = 5;
|
||||
TT_ID = 6;
|
||||
TT_STAR = 7;
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_CLOSE = 8;
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE = 9;
|
||||
LT_int = 10;
|
||||
TT_SEMI = 11;
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_OPEN = 12;
|
||||
TT_WS = 13;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
end.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
// $Delphi Parser Generator: javaParser.pas -> TJavaParserTokens.txt$
|
||||
TJavaParser
|
||||
TT_EOF=1
|
||||
TT_PARAM=4
|
||||
TT_EXCEPTION=5
|
||||
TT_ID=6
|
||||
TT_STAR=7
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_CLOSE=8
|
||||
TT_NEWLINE=9
|
||||
LT_int="int"=10
|
||||
TT_SEMI=11
|
||||
TT_JAVADOC_OPEN=12
|
||||
TT_WS=13
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
/** a javadoc comment
|
||||
* @param foo
|
||||
* @exception bar
|
||||
* Just a little text for a comment
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int abc;
|
||||
|
||||
/** a javadoc comment
|
||||
* @param foo
|
||||
* @exception bar
|
||||
* Just a little text for a comment
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int zzz;
|
||||
|
||||
/** a javadoc comment
|
||||
* @param foo
|
||||
* @exception bar
|
||||
* Just a little text for a comment
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int xxx;
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
\documentclass{zlbook}
|
||||
\usepackage{minitoc}
|
||||
%\usepackage[toc,page]{appendix}
|
||||
%\usepackage{mtcoff}
|
||||
\title{Delphi Parser Generator \\ user's guide}
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
\dominitoc
|
||||
\dominilof
|
||||
\dominilot
|
||||
|
||||
\pagestyle{empty}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\thepage}{\roman{page}}
|
||||
\maketitle
|
||||
|
||||
\tableofcontents
|
||||
%\listoftables
|
||||
\renewcommand{\thepage}{\thechapter\ - \arabic{page}}
|
||||
\clearpage
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancy}
|
||||
|
||||
\input{src/intro/intro}
|
||||
\input{src/start/start}
|
||||
\input{src/lang/lang}
|
||||
\input{src/gram/gram}
|
||||
\input{src/tokens/tokens}
|
||||
\input{src/rt/rt}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\appendix
|
||||
\renewcommand{\thepage}{\Alph{chapter} - \arabic{page}}
|
||||
|
||||
%\begin{appendices}
|
||||
\input{src/app/app-grammar}
|
||||
%\end{appendices}
|
||||
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,625 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Grammar of Delphi Parser Generator}
|
||||
|
||||
\clearpage \section{Lexical analyzer}
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
unit dpgDpgLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
lexer TdpgDpgLexer;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
testLiterals = false;
|
||||
k = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
tokens
|
||||
{
|
||||
"unit";
|
||||
"uses";
|
||||
"const";
|
||||
"type";
|
||||
|
||||
"lexer";
|
||||
"parser";
|
||||
|
||||
"options";
|
||||
"tokens";
|
||||
"memberdecl";
|
||||
"memberdef";
|
||||
|
||||
"private";
|
||||
"protected";
|
||||
"public";
|
||||
|
||||
"returns";
|
||||
"local";
|
||||
|
||||
"except";
|
||||
"finally";
|
||||
|
||||
SEMPRED;
|
||||
|
||||
USES;
|
||||
OPTIONS;
|
||||
TOKENS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Simple tokens
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
LPAREN: '(';
|
||||
RPAREN: ')';
|
||||
RCURLY: '}';
|
||||
COLON: ':';
|
||||
SEMI: ';';
|
||||
COMMA: ',';
|
||||
ASSIGN: '=';
|
||||
IMPLIES: "=>";
|
||||
QUEST: '?';
|
||||
PLUS: '+';
|
||||
STAR: '*';
|
||||
NOT: '~';
|
||||
OR: '|';
|
||||
BANG: '!';
|
||||
WILDCARD: '.';
|
||||
RANGE: "..";
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Character literal
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
CHARLIT
|
||||
: '\''! (ESC | ~'\'') '\''! ;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// String literal
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
STRINGLIT
|
||||
: '"' (ESC | ~'"')* '"' ;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Integer
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
INTEGER local
|
||||
{
|
||||
i: integer;
|
||||
v: integer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: DNUMBER
|
||||
{
|
||||
v := 0;
|
||||
for i:=1 to Length( TokenText) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
v := v * 10 + ord( TokenText[i]) - ord('0');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
TokenText := IntToStr( v);
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Argument action
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
ARGACTION
|
||||
:
|
||||
'['!
|
||||
(
|
||||
'\r' '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\r' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| ~']'
|
||||
)*
|
||||
']'!
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Action
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
ACTION
|
||||
:
|
||||
'{'
|
||||
(
|
||||
'\r' '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\r' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| ~'}'
|
||||
)*
|
||||
'}'
|
||||
( '?'! { _ttype := TT_SEMPRED; } )?
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Token ref
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
TOKENREF
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
testLiterals = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: 'A'..'Z' ('a'..'z' | 'A'..'Z' | '_' | '0'..'9')* ;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Rule ref
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
RULEREF
|
||||
local
|
||||
{
|
||||
t: integer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
:
|
||||
t = INT_RULEREF { _ttype := t; }
|
||||
(
|
||||
{t = LT_uses}? WS_LOOP ('{' { _ttype := TT_USES; } )?
|
||||
| {t = LT_options}? WS_LOOP ('{' { _ttype := TT_OPTIONS; } )?
|
||||
| {t = LT_tokens}? WS_LOOP ('{' { _ttype := TT_TOKENS; } )?
|
||||
)?
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Internal rule ref
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
protected INT_RULEREF returns [integer]
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ttype := TT_RULEREF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: 'a'..'z' ('a'..'z' | 'A'..'Z' | '_' | '0'..'9')*
|
||||
{
|
||||
result := TestLiteral( _ttype);
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// COMMENT
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
COMMENT
|
||||
: SLCOMMENT { _ttype := TT_SKIP; }
|
||||
| MLCOMMENT { _ttype := TT_SKIP; }
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// SLCOMMENT
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
protected SLCOMMENT
|
||||
:
|
||||
"//"
|
||||
( ~( '\r' | '\n') )*
|
||||
(
|
||||
'\r' '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\r' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
)
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Multi line comment version
|
||||
// Nested comments aren't allowed!
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
protected MLCOMMENT
|
||||
:
|
||||
"(*"
|
||||
(
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
greedy = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: '\r' '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\r' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| .
|
||||
)*
|
||||
"*)"
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Numbers
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
protected DNUMBER: '0'..'9' (DDIGIT)*;
|
||||
protected DDIGIT: '0'..'9';
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// WS
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
WS
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
' '
|
||||
| '\t' { tab; }
|
||||
| '\r' '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\r' { newLine; }
|
||||
| '\n' { newLine; }
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_ttype := TT_SKIP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// WS_LOOP
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
protected
|
||||
WS_LOOP
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
greedy = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: WS
|
||||
| COMMENT
|
||||
)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Esc
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
protected
|
||||
ESC
|
||||
: '\\'! ( 'r' | 'n' | 't' | '\'' | '"' )
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\clearpage \section{Parser}
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
unit dpgDpgParser;
|
||||
|
||||
parser TdpgDpgParser;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
defaultErrorHandler = false;
|
||||
importVocab = dpgDpgLexer;
|
||||
k = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// grammar
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
grammar
|
||||
: "unit" id SEMI
|
||||
(usesDecl)?
|
||||
(constDecl)?
|
||||
(typeDecl)?
|
||||
classDecl
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// usesDecl
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
usesDecl
|
||||
: USES
|
||||
(
|
||||
TOKENREF SEMI
|
||||
| RULEREF SEMI
|
||||
)*
|
||||
|
||||
RCURLY
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// constDecl
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
constDecl
|
||||
: "const" ACTION
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// typeDecl
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
typeDecl
|
||||
: "type" ACTION
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// classDecl
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
classDecl
|
||||
local
|
||||
{
|
||||
grType: integer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
:
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Determine parser type
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
( "lexer" { grType := 0; }
|
||||
| "parser" { grType := 1; }
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// get class name
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
id
|
||||
SEMI
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Process optional class "options {...}" clause
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
(classOptions)?
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Process optional class "tokens {...}" clause
|
||||
// But only for lexers.
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
( {grType=0}? classTokens)?
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Process optional class "memberDecl {...}" clause
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
(classMemberDecl)?
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Well, the rules
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
rules
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Process optional class "memberDecl {...}" clause
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
(classMemberDef)?
|
||||
;
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// classOptions
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
classOptions
|
||||
: OPTIONS ( id ASSIGN optionValue SEMI )* RCURLY
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// classTokens
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
classTokens
|
||||
:
|
||||
TOKENS
|
||||
(
|
||||
TOKENREF SEMI
|
||||
| STRINGLIT SEMI
|
||||
)*
|
||||
|
||||
RCURLY
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// classMemberDecl
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
classMemberDecl
|
||||
: "memberDecl" ACTION
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// classMemberDef
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
classMemberDef
|
||||
: "memberDef" ACTION
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// rules
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
rules
|
||||
: (rule)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// ruleExceptionBlock
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
ruleExceptionBlock
|
||||
: "except" ACTION
|
||||
| "finally" ACTION
|
||||
;
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// altExceptionBlock
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
altExceptionBlock
|
||||
: "except" ACTION
|
||||
| "finally" ACTION
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// rule
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
rule
|
||||
:
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Parse rule scope
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
( "public"
|
||||
| "protected"
|
||||
| "private"
|
||||
)?
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Parse rule name
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
id
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Optional arguments
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
(ARGACTION)?
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Optional return type
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
("returns" ARGACTION)?
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Optional rule options
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
(ruleOptions)?
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Optional rule local variable declarations
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
("local" ACTION)?
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Optional rule init action
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
(ACTION)?
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Rule block
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
COLON
|
||||
block
|
||||
SEMI
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Optional exception handler
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------
|
||||
(ruleExceptionBlock)?
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// block
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
block
|
||||
: alternative (OR alternative)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// alternative
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
alternative
|
||||
: (elem)*
|
||||
(altExceptionBlock)?
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// elem
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
elem
|
||||
: element
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// element
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
element
|
||||
local
|
||||
{
|
||||
assignLabel : IdpgToken;
|
||||
}
|
||||
{
|
||||
assignLabel := nil;
|
||||
}
|
||||
:
|
||||
(
|
||||
id ASSIGN
|
||||
(id COLON)?
|
||||
(
|
||||
RULEREF (ARGACTION)? (BANG)?
|
||||
| TOKENREF (ARGACTION)?
|
||||
)
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
|
||||
(assignLabel=id COLON)?
|
||||
(
|
||||
RULEREF (ARGACTION)? (BANG)?
|
||||
| range[assignLabel]
|
||||
| terminal[assignLabel]
|
||||
| NOT (notTerminal[assignLabel] | ebnf[ assignLabel, true])
|
||||
| ebnf[ assignLabel, false]
|
||||
)
|
||||
| ACTION
|
||||
| SEMPRED
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// range
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
range [pTokenLabel: IdpgToken]
|
||||
local
|
||||
:
|
||||
CHARLIT RANGE CHARLIT
|
||||
| (TOKENREF | STRINGLIT) RANGE (TOKENREF | STRINGLIT)
|
||||
;
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// terminal
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
terminal [pTokenLabel: IdpgToken]
|
||||
:
|
||||
CHARLIT (BANG)?
|
||||
| TOKENREF (BANG)? (ARGACTION)?
|
||||
| STRINGLIT (BANG)?
|
||||
| WILDCARD (BANG)?
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// notTerminal
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
notTerminal [pTokenLabel: IdpgToken]
|
||||
: CHARLIT (BANG)?
|
||||
| TOKENREF (BANG)?
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// ebnf
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
ebnf [pTokenLabel: IdpgToken; pTokenNot: boolean]
|
||||
: LPAREN
|
||||
(
|
||||
subRuleOptions (ACTION)? COLON
|
||||
| ACTION COLON
|
||||
)?
|
||||
|
||||
block
|
||||
RPAREN
|
||||
( QUEST
|
||||
| STAR
|
||||
| PLUS
|
||||
| IMPLIES
|
||||
)?
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// subruleOptions
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
subruleOptions
|
||||
: OPTIONS (id ASSIGN optionValue)* SEMI RCURLY
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// ruleOptions
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
ruleOptions
|
||||
: OPTIONS (id ASSIGN optionValue)* SEMI RCURLY
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// optionValue
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
optionValue returns [IdpgToken]
|
||||
: result=qualifiedId
|
||||
| result:STRINGLIT
|
||||
| result:CHARLIT
|
||||
| result:INTEGER
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// qualifiedId
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
qualifiedId returns [IdpgToken]
|
||||
: id (WILDCARD id)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// id
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
id returns [IdpgToken]
|
||||
: result:TOKENREF
|
||||
| result:RULEREF
|
||||
;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
|
||||
\section{Error handling}
|
||||
|
||||
All syntactic and semantic errors cause parser exceptions to be thrown. In
|
||||
particular, the methods used to match tokens in the parser base class (match et
|
||||
al) throw §EdpgMismatchedToken§. The methods in the lexer base class used to
|
||||
match characters (match et al) throw analogous exceptions.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{DPG exception hierarchy}
|
||||
|
||||
DPG-generated parsers throw exceptions to signal recognition errors or other
|
||||
stream problems. All exceptions derive from EdpgException. The hierarchy is the
|
||||
following:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
EdpgException
|
||||
EdpgMismatchedChar
|
||||
EdpgMismatchedToken
|
||||
EdpgSemantic
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{EdpgException} The EdpgException exception class is the base of
|
||||
all DPG generated exceptions. User defined exceptions must derive from this
|
||||
class.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{EdpgMismatchedChar} This exception is thrown by the lexer when it
|
||||
is looking for a character, but finds a different one on the input stream.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{EdpgMismatchedToken} This exception is thrown by the parser when
|
||||
it is looking for a token, but finds a different one on the input token stream.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{EdpgSemantic} This exception is thrown by a validating semantic
|
||||
predicate.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Specifying exception handlers}
|
||||
|
||||
DPG allows to specify specific exception handler to a given rule or
|
||||
alternative. The general form of an exception handler specification is:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
... except { code to handle exception }
|
||||
... finally { code to handle exception }
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Exception handler for a rule}
|
||||
|
||||
The exception handler for a rule must be placed after the terminating
|
||||
semicolon. The handler can be either an §except§ block or a §finally§ block.
|
||||
The implementation of rule will be surrounded by a try block.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
r : ...
|
||||
;
|
||||
except { handler code }
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Exception handler for an alternative}
|
||||
|
||||
The exception handler of an alternative must be the last element of the
|
||||
alternative. Both exception handler blocks can be used. Every alternative that
|
||||
have exception block specified, will be surrounded by a §try...except/finally§
|
||||
block.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
r : alternative_1 ... except { handler code }
|
||||
| alternative_2 ... finally { handler code }
|
||||
...
|
||||
| alternative_n
|
||||
;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Note:} It is not necessary to define exception handler for each alternative.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Default error handler in lexer}
|
||||
|
||||
To skip every character that isn't recognized by any public lexer rule, specify
|
||||
§filter=true§ option for a lexer. That way, the parser doesn't have to deal
|
||||
with lexical errors and ask for another token.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Grammars}
|
||||
\minitoc \clearpage
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Structure of a grammar}
|
||||
|
||||
The generic structure of a DPG grammar is the following:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item \emph{unit declaration}
|
||||
\item \emph{unit sections}
|
||||
\item \emph{grammar class definition}
|
||||
\item \emph{grammar class sections}
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
\paragraph{Note:} the order of blocks cannot be changed!
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Unit declaration}
|
||||
The $unit$~$declaration$ is always the first block in any DPG grammar. It
|
||||
specifies the name of the target Pascal unit generated by DPG from the
|
||||
grammar. The syntax is identical to that of Delphi.
|
||||
\begin{alltt}
|
||||
\textbf{unit} \emph{UnitName} ;
|
||||
\end{alltt}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Unit sections}
|
||||
The $unit$~$sections$ block must follow the $unit$~$declaration$
|
||||
block if it exists. The members of this block are optional, but
|
||||
they must appear in the following order:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item \emph{uses section}
|
||||
\item \emph{const section}
|
||||
\item \emph{type section}
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Grammar class definition}
|
||||
This block defines the type of the grammar class. The possible types are
|
||||
§lexer§ and §parser§.
|
||||
\begin{alltt}
|
||||
\textbf{lexer} \emph{myLexer} ; // define lexer
|
||||
\end{alltt}
|
||||
or
|
||||
\begin{alltt}
|
||||
\textbf{parser} \emph{myParser} ; // define parser
|
||||
\end{alltt}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Grammar class sections}
|
||||
This block may contain the following sections in the order
|
||||
specified:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item \emph{options section}
|
||||
\item \emph{tokens section} (only for lexers)
|
||||
\item \emph{memberdecl section}
|
||||
\item \emph{rule definitions}
|
||||
\item \emph{memberdef section}
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Introduction}
|
||||
\minitoc \clearpage
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Overview}
|
||||
The Delphi Parser Generator is a language tool which automatically
|
||||
generates $LL(k)$ parsers in Object Pascal Language based on an
|
||||
intuitive grammar, similar to §EBNF§. The generated code mimics a
|
||||
hand-written parser, so that it is easier to debug and leads to
|
||||
shortened development time compared to state-machine based $LR$ or
|
||||
DFA/NFA parsers. To compensate theoretical limitations of $LL(k)$
|
||||
parsers, DPG features several powerful extensions enhancing its
|
||||
functionality far beyond that of standard $LL(k)$ parsers. The
|
||||
method of syntactic and semantic predicates makes the writing of
|
||||
meta-parsers simple and routine. The philosophy of DPG is to allow
|
||||
the programmer maximum control over the parsing process while
|
||||
eliminating all the routine work.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Features}
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item[-] Delphi code generator for $LL(k)$ lexers and parsers.
|
||||
\item[-] Intuitive and consistent EBNF like syntax for both the lexer and the parser generator
|
||||
resulting in a shallow learning curve.
|
||||
\item[-] Extremely easy-to-read generated code undistinguishable from hand-written
|
||||
parsers. The inlined statements are properly indented relative to the surrounding
|
||||
program code.
|
||||
\item[-] Syntactic predicates allow for conditional parsing based on
|
||||
formal syntactic conditions, enhancing the functionality of the $LL(k)$ parsers
|
||||
considerably.
|
||||
\item[-] Semantic predicates allow for conditional parsing based on
|
||||
essentially arbitrary conditions. For example, a DOM-based XML parser is easily
|
||||
written by semantic predicates using an internal hash-table representation of
|
||||
the DOM. Using traditional state-machine based parsers (like §YACC§), programmers
|
||||
often need to delegate parsing tasks to the hand written part of the code. This
|
||||
burdens them with laborious and error-prone routine work. Semantic predicates
|
||||
prevent this, since the parser is allowed to use run-time information for the
|
||||
parsing process dynamically.
|
||||
\item[-] Actions can be inserted in the rules at every possible place. These actions can be
|
||||
used for controlling the parsing process with high granularity.
|
||||
\item[-] All rules may have return values and arguments. Rule arguments add a powerful
|
||||
metaparsing capability completing the predicate and action mechanism optimally.
|
||||
\item[-] All rules may have a code initialization section. This special feature is tuned
|
||||
for Pascal to allow the programmer to declare and initialize local variables for each rule.
|
||||
\item[-] Many convenient extensions to the plain §BNF§ syntax, such as §(...)§, §(...)?§,
|
||||
§(...)+§, §(...)*§, which simplify the task of writing grammars and makes it less
|
||||
error-prone.
|
||||
\item[-] Element complements allow for matching a text not matching a given rule.
|
||||
\item[-] Element labels are used to directly map rule information
|
||||
to Pascal variables. They provide a seamless interaction between the
|
||||
generated and user-written code.
|
||||
\item[-] Intuitive Graphical User Interface with syntax highlighting, and
|
||||
project management capabilities.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Installation}
|
||||
The first step in using DPG is to install it in Delphi. However, before using
|
||||
DPG be sure to read over the License Agreement.
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item[-] run setup.exe and follow the instructions
|
||||
\item[-] run Delphi and add your DPG run-time library directory to Delphi's
|
||||
library path. For example, to do this for Delphi 6 select \emph{Tools} §|§ \emph{Environment Options}
|
||||
on the menu bar. Go to the \emph{Library} tab and add the full path of your DPG run-time directory
|
||||
to the \emph{Library Path} if you have not already done so.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||
\section{Atomic production elements}
|
||||
\subsection{Character literal}
|
||||
Single characters enclosed in quotes are character literals. A
|
||||
character literal can only be referred to within a lexer rule. For
|
||||
example, §'{'§ needs not be escaped as you are specifying the
|
||||
literal character which is to be matched. Meta symbols are used
|
||||
outside of characters and string literals to specify lexical
|
||||
structure. Special characters can be specified in a similar way to
|
||||
§C§ escape sequences. DPG accepts the following escape sequences:
|
||||
§\n§, §\r§, §\t§, §\'§, §\"§, §\\§. The §#xx§ form is not accepted
|
||||
by DPG.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{String literal}
|
||||
String literals are sequences of characters enclosed in double quotes. The same
|
||||
escape sequences can be used in string literals as in character literals.
|
||||
In parser rules, strings represent tokens, and each unique string is assigned
|
||||
to a token type. Referring to a string within a lexer rule matches the
|
||||
indicated sequence of characters and is a shorthand notation. For example,
|
||||
consider the following equivalent lexer rule definitions:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
BEGIN : "begin";
|
||||
BEGIN : 'b' 'e' 'g' 'i' 'n';
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Wildcard}
|
||||
The wildcard §.§ within a parser rule matches any single token;
|
||||
within a lexer rule it matches any single character.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Token reference}
|
||||
Identifiers beginning with an uppercase letter are treated as
|
||||
token references. The subsequent characters may be a mixture of
|
||||
letters, digits or underscores. Referencing a token in a parser
|
||||
rule implies that you want to recognize a token with the specified
|
||||
token type. This does not actually call the associated lexer rule
|
||||
-- the lexical analysis phase delivers a stream of tokens to the
|
||||
parser. A token reference within a lexer rule implies a method
|
||||
call to that rule, and carries the same analysis semantics as a
|
||||
rule reference within a parser. So, you may specify rule arguments
|
||||
and return values for non-public tokens and for every parser rule.
|
||||
See the next section on rule references.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
|
||||
\section{Error handling}
|
||||
|
||||
All syntactic and semantic errors cause parser exceptions to be thrown. In
|
||||
particular, the methods used to match tokens in the parser base class (match et
|
||||
al) throw §EdpgMismatchedToken§. The methods in the lexer base class used to
|
||||
match characters (match et al) throw analogous exceptions.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{DPG exception hierarchy}
|
||||
|
||||
DPG-generated parsers throw exceptions to signal recognition errors or other
|
||||
stream problems. All exceptions derive from EdpgException. The hierarchy is the
|
||||
following:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
EdpgException
|
||||
EdpgMismatchedChar
|
||||
EdpgMismatchedToken
|
||||
EdpgSemantic
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{EdpgException} The EdpgException exception class is the base of
|
||||
all DPG generated exceptions. User defined exceptions must derive from this
|
||||
class.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{EdpgMismatchedChar} This exception is thrown by the lexer when it
|
||||
is looking for a character, but finds a different one on the input stream.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{EdpgMismatchedToken} This exception is thrown by the parser when
|
||||
it is looking for a token, but finds a different one on the input token stream.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{EdpgSemantic} This exception is thrown by a validating semantic
|
||||
predicate.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Specifying exception handlers}
|
||||
|
||||
DPG allows to specify specific exception handler to a given rule or
|
||||
alternative. The general form of an exception handler specification is:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
... except { code to handle exception }
|
||||
... finally { code to handle exception }
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Exception handler for a rule}
|
||||
|
||||
The exception handler for a rule must be placed after the terminating
|
||||
semicolon. The handler can be either an §except§ block or a §finally§ block.
|
||||
The implementation of rule will be surrounded by a try block.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
r : ...
|
||||
;
|
||||
except { handler code }
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Exception handler for an alternative}
|
||||
|
||||
The exception handler of an alternative must be the last element of the
|
||||
alternative. Both exception handler blocks can be used. Every alternative that
|
||||
have exception block specified, will be surrounded by a §try...except/finally§
|
||||
block.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
r : alternative_1 ... except { handler code }
|
||||
| alternative_2 ... finally { handler code }
|
||||
...
|
||||
| alternative_n
|
||||
;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Note:} It is not necessary to define exception handler for each alternative.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Default error handler in lexer}
|
||||
|
||||
To skip every character that isn't recognized by any public lexer rule, specify
|
||||
§filter=true§ option for a lexer. That way, the parser doesn't have to deal
|
||||
with lexical errors and ask for another token.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
|
||||
\section{Options}
|
||||
|
||||
The §options{...}§ section is used to specify options for grammar
|
||||
elements. i.e. elements are the lexer/parser classes, rules and
|
||||
subrules. This section is preceded by the options keyword and
|
||||
contains a series of option/value assignments surrounded by curly
|
||||
braces.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{k}
|
||||
\begin{table}[H]
|
||||
\small
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{rl}
|
||||
\emph{synopsis:} & set lookahead depth \\
|
||||
\emph{context:} & parser/lexer class declaration \\
|
||||
\emph{type:} & integer \\
|
||||
\emph{default:} & 1
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
For any grammar, the lookahead depth can be specified by using the $k$ option.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
lexer myLexer;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
k = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
Setting the lookahead depth changes the maximum number of tokens that will be
|
||||
examined to select alternative productions, and test for exit conditions of the
|
||||
§EBNF§ constructs §(...)?§, §(...)+§, and §(...)*§. The lookahead analysis is
|
||||
linear approximate (as opposed to full $LL(k)$ ). Consider this example with
|
||||
$k=2$:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
r : ( A B | B A )
|
||||
| A A
|
||||
;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
Full $LL(k)$ analysis would resolve the ambiguity and produce a
|
||||
lookahead test for the first alternative like:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
if (LA(1)=A and LA(2)=B) or (LA(1)=B and LA(2)=A)
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
Linear approximate analysis would logically OR the lookahead sets at each
|
||||
depth, resulting in a test like:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
if (LA(1)=A or LA(1)=B) and (LA(2)=A or LA(2)=B)
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
Which is ambiguous for the second alternative for §{A,A}§.
|
||||
Therefore, setting the lookahead depth very high tends to yield
|
||||
diminishing returns in most cases, because the lookahead sets at
|
||||
large depths will include almost everything. This problem can be
|
||||
solved using a syntactic predicate.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{importVocab}
|
||||
\begin{table}[H]
|
||||
\small
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{rl}
|
||||
\emph{synopsis:} & set initial grammar vocabulary \\
|
||||
\emph{context:} & parser/lexer class declaration \\
|
||||
\emph{type:} & ID \\
|
||||
\emph{default:} & none
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
The import vocabulary for a grammar class can be specified using the
|
||||
§importVocab§ option.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
lexer myLexer;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
importVocab = XML;
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
DPG will look for the token exchange file named §XMLTokens.txt§,
|
||||
and import all the token definitions from it. Parser grammar must
|
||||
use this option, because without that, it cannot communicate with
|
||||
the lexer. Lexer grammar can use this option too. It is useful,
|
||||
when a parser class uses multiple lexers to get tokens from the
|
||||
input stream. The vocabulary file has an identifier on the first
|
||||
line that names the token vocabulary. All subsequent lines are of
|
||||
the form §ID=value§ or §ID="literal"=value§. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
ThocLexer
|
||||
TT_EOF = 1
|
||||
TT_LPAREN = 4
|
||||
TT_RPAREN = 5
|
||||
LT_const = "const" = 6
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
The token exchange file is automatically generated by DPG for each grammar.
|
||||
\paragraph{Note:} you must take care of the order of grammars in a DPG project.
|
||||
Vocabulary-generating grammars must appear before vocabulary-consuming
|
||||
grammars.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{exportVocab}
|
||||
\begin{table}[H]
|
||||
\small
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{rl}
|
||||
\emph{synopsis:} & set export grammar vocabulary \\
|
||||
\emph{context:} & parser/lexer class declaration \\
|
||||
\emph{type:} & ID \\
|
||||
\emph{default:} & grammar class name
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
The vocabulary of a grammar is the union of the set of tokens provided by an
|
||||
§importVocab§ option and the set of tokens and literals defined in the grammar.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
lexer myParser;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
exportVocab = XML1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
If the exportVocab options isn't specified, then DPG will use the
|
||||
grammar class name to export the vocabulary. DPG generates the
|
||||
following files for the examp\-le above: §XML1Tokens.txt§ for
|
||||
token exchange, and XML1Tokens.pas for the grammar class.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{testLiterals}
|
||||
\begin{table}[H]
|
||||
\small
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{rl}
|
||||
\emph{context:} & lexer class declaration, lexer rule \\
|
||||
\emph{type:} & boolean \\
|
||||
\emph{default:} & false
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
By default, DPG doesn't generate code to check the literals table
|
||||
(the table generated for literal strings), because checking the
|
||||
literals table after each token recognition is expensive. Instead,
|
||||
it checks string literals in a lexer rule, that can recognize
|
||||
them. The string literals table contains the strings defined in
|
||||
the §tokens{...}§ section of a lexer grammar.
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
lexer myLexer;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
testLiterals = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
tokens
|
||||
{
|
||||
"function";
|
||||
"procedure";
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ID
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
testLiterals = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: (‘A’..’Z’ | ‘a’..’z’)(‘A’..’Z’ | ‘a’..’z’ | ‘0’..‘9’)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
In the example above, if the input is matched by the rule §ID§
|
||||
then the implementation of the rule will check the literals table
|
||||
for the matched token. If it exists, then the returned token type
|
||||
will be set to the token type assigned to the string literal in
|
||||
the literals table. Otherwise the returned token type will remain
|
||||
unchanged.
|
||||
|
||||
It is possible to check the literals table explicitly within an
|
||||
action using the Test\-Li\-te\-ral method:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
{
|
||||
...
|
||||
_ttype := TestLiteral;
|
||||
_ttype := TestLiteral( _ttype);
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{caseSensitive}
|
||||
\begin{table}[H]
|
||||
\small
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{rl}
|
||||
\emph{context:} & lexer class declaration \\
|
||||
\emph{type:} & boolean \\
|
||||
\emph{default:} & false
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
lexer myLexer;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
caseSensitive = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
Case is ignored when comparing against character and string literals in the
|
||||
lexer. The case of the input stream is maintained when stored in the token
|
||||
objects.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{filter}
|
||||
\begin{table}[H]
|
||||
\small
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{rl}
|
||||
\emph{context:} & lexer class declaration \\
|
||||
\emph{type:} & boolean / ID \\
|
||||
\emph{default:} & false
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
lexer myLexer;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
filter = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
When §true§, the lexer ignores any input not exactly matching one of the public
|
||||
lexer rules.
|
||||
|
||||
Notice that the filter rule must track new-lines in the general
|
||||
case where the lexer might emit error messages.
|
||||
|
||||
When set to a rule name, the filter rule is invoked either when the lookahead
|
||||
(in nextToken) predicts none of the public lexical rules or when one of those
|
||||
rules fails. In the latter case, the input is rolled back before attempting
|
||||
the filter rule. Option §filter=true§ is like having a filter rule such as:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
IGNORE : . ;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{ignore}
|
||||
\begin{table}[H]
|
||||
\small
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{rl}
|
||||
\emph{context:} & lexer rule \\
|
||||
\emph{type:} & ID \\
|
||||
\emph{default:} & none
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
lexer myLexer;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
ignore = MyIgnoreRule;
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
Specify a lexer rule to use a white space between lexical rule
|
||||
atomic elements (chars, strings, and rule references). The grammar
|
||||
analysis, and hence the look\-ahead sets, are aware of the
|
||||
whitespace references.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||
\section{Production element operators}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Element complement}
|
||||
The unary not operator $\sim$ may be applied to an atomic element
|
||||
such as a token identifier. For some token atom §T§, $\sim$§T§
|
||||
matches any token other than §T§ except end-of-file. Within lexer
|
||||
rules, $\sim$§'a'§ matches any character other than character
|
||||
§'a'§. The sequence $\sim$§.§ (``not anything'') is meaningless
|
||||
and not allowed. Example:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
SL_COMMENT : "//" (~'\n')* '\n';
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Set complement}
|
||||
The unary not operator $\sim$ can also be used to construct a
|
||||
token set or character set by complementing another set. This is
|
||||
most useful when you want to match tokens or characters until a
|
||||
certain delimiter set is encountered. Rather than invent a special
|
||||
syntax for such sets, DPG allows the placement of $\sim$ in front
|
||||
of a subrule containing only simple elements and no actions. The
|
||||
simple elements may be token references, token ranges, character
|
||||
literals, or character ranges. For example:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
SL_COMMENT : "//" (~('\r'|'\n'))* ('\r'|'\n');
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Range operator}
|
||||
The binary range operator §..§ is used to define a range of atom
|
||||
which may be matched. The expression §c1..c2§ in a lexer matches
|
||||
characters included in that range. The expression §T..U§ in a
|
||||
parser matches any token whose token type is inclusively in that
|
||||
range, which is of dubious value if the token types are generated
|
||||
externally.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Ignore operator}
|
||||
In lexer grammars, the ignore operator §!§ can be applied to any
|
||||
atomic production element. It means that the element followed by
|
||||
the §!§ operator should not appear in the result token. Example:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
STRING : '"'! (~'"')* '"'! ;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
|
||||
\section{Element labels}
|
||||
|
||||
Any atomic production element can be labeled by an identifier (case is insignificant).
|
||||
For a labelled atomic element, the identifier is used within a semantic action to access
|
||||
the associated Token object or character. For example,
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
assign
|
||||
: v:ID EQUALS expr SEMI
|
||||
{
|
||||
writeln(‘Assign to ‘ + v.TokenText);
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{EBNF rule elements}
|
||||
|
||||
DPG supports the following extended BNF notations:
|
||||
\begin{table}[H]
|
||||
\small
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{ll}
|
||||
% \hline
|
||||
§(...) § & -- exactly one occurrence of a subrule \\
|
||||
§(...)?§ & -- zero or one occurrence of a subrule \\
|
||||
§(...)+§ & -- one or more occurrence of a subrule \\
|
||||
§(...)*§ & -- zero or more occurrence of a subrule
|
||||
% \hline
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Rule arguments}
|
||||
Character sequences in square brackets are arguments or return type specifiers.
|
||||
Square brackets within string and character literals are not argument
|
||||
delimiters. The arguments within §[]§ must follow the Object Pascal syntax.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Exception handlers}
|
||||
|
||||
DPG allows the specification of exception handlers specific to a
|
||||
given rule or alternative. The general form of an exception
|
||||
handler specification is:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
... except { code to handle exception }
|
||||
... finally { code to handle exception }
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Exception handler for a rule}
|
||||
|
||||
The exception handler for a rule must be placed after the
|
||||
terminating semicolon. The handler can be either an §except§ block
|
||||
or a §finally§ block. The implementation of a rule will be
|
||||
surrounded by a try block.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
r : ...
|
||||
;
|
||||
except { handler code }
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Exception handler for an alternative}
|
||||
|
||||
The exception handler of an alternative must be the last element
|
||||
of the alternative. Both exception handler blocks can be used.
|
||||
Every alternative that has an exception block will be surrounded
|
||||
by a §try...except/finally§ block.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
r : alternative_1 ... except { handler code }
|
||||
| alternative_2 ... finally { handler code }
|
||||
...
|
||||
| alternative_n
|
||||
;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Note:} It is not necessary to define an exception handler for each alternative.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Default error handler in lexer}
|
||||
|
||||
To skip every character that isn't recognized by any public lexer
|
||||
rule, specify the option §filter=true§ for a lexer. That way, the
|
||||
parser doesn't have to deal with lexical errors and ask for
|
||||
another token.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
|
||||
\section{Sections}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{unit}
|
||||
The unit section specifies the unit name of the generated source file.
|
||||
The syntax is identical to Object Pascal.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{uses}
|
||||
The §uses{...}§ section is used to specify the units which must be
|
||||
included in the interface's uses clause of the generated pascal
|
||||
unit. Every unit name must be terminated by a semicolon. Repeated
|
||||
units are included only once.
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
uses
|
||||
{
|
||||
Classes;
|
||||
Windows;
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{const}
|
||||
The §const{...}§ section is used to specify items that appear in
|
||||
the interface's const clause of the generated pascal unit. The
|
||||
content of this section is copied verbatim into the unit.
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
const
|
||||
{
|
||||
const1 = 12;
|
||||
const2 = ‘FOO’;
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{type}
|
||||
The §type{...}§ section is used to specify items that appear in
|
||||
the interface's type clause of the generated pascal unit. The
|
||||
content of this section is copied verbatim into the unit.
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
type
|
||||
{
|
||||
TmyType1 = integer;
|
||||
TmyType2 = array [0..16] of TmyType1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{options}
|
||||
The §options{...}§ section contains options for a given grammar
|
||||
element. Options can be defined for lexer/parser classes, rules
|
||||
and subrules.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{tokens}
|
||||
If you need to define an ``imaginary'' token (i.e. one that has no
|
||||
corresponding real input symbol) use the §tokens{...}§ section to
|
||||
define them. You can also define literals in this section.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
tokens
|
||||
{
|
||||
"procedure";
|
||||
"function";
|
||||
INTEGER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
Strings defined in this way are treated just as if you had referenced them in
|
||||
the parser. The formal syntax is:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
tokenSpecification
|
||||
: "tokens"
|
||||
LCURLY
|
||||
(tokenItem SEMI)*
|
||||
RCURLY
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
tokenItem
|
||||
: TOKEN
|
||||
| STRING
|
||||
;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
The §tokens{...}§ section is only valid in lexer grammars.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{memberdecl}
|
||||
The §memberdecl{...}§ section contains additional member
|
||||
declarations for the grammar class. It allows the expansion of the
|
||||
grammar class with user defined members, so it is not necessary to
|
||||
derive new classes from the generated class to implement
|
||||
additional functionality. The content of this section is copied
|
||||
verbatim into the class declaration of the generated grammar
|
||||
class.
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
memberdecl
|
||||
{
|
||||
procedure proc1;
|
||||
procedure proc2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{memberdef}
|
||||
The §memberdef{...}§ section contains the implementation of the
|
||||
classes' additional functionality. The content of this section is
|
||||
copied verbatim into the implementation part of the generated
|
||||
unit. This section may also contain the initialization and
|
||||
finalization clauses.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
memberdef
|
||||
{
|
||||
procedure TmyClass.proc1;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
...
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TmyClass.proc2;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
...
|
||||
end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{parser}
|
||||
Parser rules must be associated with a parser class. Each parser
|
||||
class specification precedes the options, and rule definitions of
|
||||
the parser. Grammar files §.g§ can hold only one class definition.
|
||||
A parser specification in a grammar file looks like:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
unit myParser;
|
||||
uses... // optional uses {...} section
|
||||
const... // optional const {...} section
|
||||
type... // optional type {...} section
|
||||
|
||||
parser TmyParser;
|
||||
|
||||
options... // optional options {...} section
|
||||
memberdecl... // optional memberdecl {...} section
|
||||
parser rules...
|
||||
memberdef... // optional memberdef {...} section
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
In the generated code, the parser class results in an Object
|
||||
Pascal class, and the rules become member methods of the class.
|
||||
|
||||
Note, that the content of the §memberdecl{...}§ section is copied
|
||||
verbatim into the class declaration part of the generated parser
|
||||
class while the content of the §memberdef{...}§ section is copied
|
||||
after the implementation of the member rules, so the
|
||||
initialization and finalization clauses of a pascal unit can be
|
||||
placed in the §memberdef{...}§ section.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{lexer}
|
||||
To perform lexical analysis, you need to specify a lexer class that describes
|
||||
how to break up the input character stream into a stream of tokens. The syntax
|
||||
is similar to that of a parser class:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
unit myLexer;
|
||||
uses... // optional uses {...} section
|
||||
const... // optional const {...} section
|
||||
type... // optional type {...} section
|
||||
|
||||
lexer TmyLexer;
|
||||
|
||||
options... // optional options {...} section
|
||||
tokens... // optional tokens {...} section
|
||||
memberdecl... // optional memberdecl {...} section
|
||||
lexer rules...
|
||||
memberdef... // optional memberdef {...} section
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
Lexical rules contained within a lexer class become member methods in the
|
||||
generated class. A lexer grammar may have a §tokens{...}§ section to specify
|
||||
imaginary tokens and string literals.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{rule definitions}
|
||||
The structure of an input stream of atoms is specified by a set of
|
||||
mutually-referenced rules. Each rule has a name and any of the
|
||||
following optional attributes: a scope specifier; a set of
|
||||
arguments; an init-action; a return value; local variable
|
||||
definitions; an exception handler and an alternative or
|
||||
alternatives. Each alternative contains a series of elements that
|
||||
specify what to match and where. Scope can be specified by
|
||||
private, protected, or public keywords. A rule has public scope by
|
||||
default. The basic form of a rule is:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
(scope) rulename
|
||||
: alternative_1
|
||||
| alternative_2
|
||||
...
|
||||
| alternative_n
|
||||
;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters for a rule can be specified in the following form:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
rulename [formal parameters] : ... ;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
If the rule returns a value, it’s type can be defined with the
|
||||
returns keyword:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
rulename returns [typename] : ... ;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
where §typename§ is a valid Object Pascal type specifier.
|
||||
|
||||
Local variables for a rule can be defined in the §local{...}§ section:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
rule
|
||||
local
|
||||
{
|
||||
foo: integer;
|
||||
bar: string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
Init-actions are specified before the colon. Init-actions differ from normal
|
||||
actions because they are always executed regardless of guess mode.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
rule
|
||||
{
|
||||
init-action
|
||||
}
|
||||
: ... ;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Parser rules} apply structure to a stream of tokens, whereas
|
||||
lexer rules apply structure to a stream of characters. Parser
|
||||
rules, therefore, must not reference cha\-rac\-ter literals.
|
||||
Double-quoted strings in parser rules are considered to be token
|
||||
references. Note: all parser rules must begin with a lowercase
|
||||
letter.
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Lexer rules} defined within a lexer grammar must have a name beginning
|
||||
with an uppercase letter. These rules implicitly match
|
||||
cha\-rac\-ters on the input stream instead of tokens on the token
|
||||
stream. Referenced grammar elements include token references
|
||||
(implicit lexer rule references), cha\-rac\-ters and strings.
|
||||
Lexer rules are processed in the same manner as parser rules, and
|
||||
may also specify arguments and return values. A scope specifier
|
||||
for a lexer rule has special meaning in lexer grammars. In the
|
||||
generated Object Pascal unit, the lexer class has a §nextToken§
|
||||
function which is the interface between the lexer and the parser.
|
||||
This function is synthesized from the public lexer rules. It means
|
||||
that non-public lexer rules don't modify the prediction logic of
|
||||
the lexer. They are usually helper rules. If the lexer grammar has
|
||||
no public rule at all, the §nextToken§ function returns EOF to the
|
||||
parser.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||
\section{Simple production elements}
|
||||
\subsection{Rule reference}
|
||||
Identifiers beginning with lowercase letter are treated as parser
|
||||
rule references. The subsequent characters may be any letter,
|
||||
digit, number, or underscore. Lexical rules may not reference
|
||||
parser rules. Referencing a rule implies a method call to that
|
||||
rule at that point in the parse. You may pass parameters and
|
||||
obtain return values. For example, formal and actual parameters
|
||||
are specified within square brackets:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
function
|
||||
: type ID LPAREN args RPAREN block [1]
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
block [scope: integer]
|
||||
: LCURLY
|
||||
...
|
||||
{ (* use arg 'scope' *) }
|
||||
...
|
||||
RCURLY
|
||||
;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
Return values that are stored in variables use a simple assignment
|
||||
notation:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
set
|
||||
local
|
||||
{
|
||||
ids : TStringList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
{
|
||||
ids := nil;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: LPAREN ids=idList RPAREN
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
idList returns [TStringList]
|
||||
{
|
||||
result := TStringList.Create;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: id:ID { result.Add( id.TokenText;); }
|
||||
(
|
||||
COMMA id:ID
|
||||
{
|
||||
result.Add( id.TokenText;);
|
||||
}
|
||||
)*
|
||||
;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Semantic action}
|
||||
Actions are blocks of Object Pascal source code enclosed in curly braces. The
|
||||
code is executed after the preceding production element has been recognized and
|
||||
before the recognition of the following element. Actions are typically used to
|
||||
generate out\-put, construct trees, or modify a symbol table. An action's
|
||||
position dictates when it is recognized relative to the surrounding grammar
|
||||
elements.
|
||||
|
||||
If the action is the first element of a production, it is executed
|
||||
before any other e\-le\-ment in that production, but only if that
|
||||
production is predicted by the lookahead.
|
||||
|
||||
The first action of an §EBNF§ subrule may be followed by §:§.
|
||||
Doing so de\-sig\-na\-tes the action as an init-action and
|
||||
associates it with the subrule as a whole, instead of any
|
||||
production. It is executed immediately upon entering the subrule,
|
||||
and is executed even while guessing (testing syntactic
|
||||
predicates). For example:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
( { init-action} :
|
||||
{ action of 1st production} production1
|
||||
| { action of 2nd production} production2
|
||||
)?
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
The init-action would be executed regardless of what (if anything)
|
||||
matched in the optional subrule.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
|
||||
Delphi Parser Generator (DPG) uses the ASCII character set,
|
||||
including the letters \emph{A} through \emph{Z} and \emph{a}
|
||||
through \emph{z}, the digits \emph{0} through \emph{9}, and other
|
||||
standard characters. It is case sensitive. The space character
|
||||
(ASCII 32), the tab character (ASCII 9), and the new-line
|
||||
characters (ASCII 13,10) are called \emph{white-space} characters.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{General}
|
||||
\subsection{Comments}
|
||||
DPG accepts single and multi-line comments. Single-line comments begin with
|
||||
§//§ while multi-line (block) comments are enclosed by §(*§~and~§*)§.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{White Space}
|
||||
Spaces, tabs, and new-lines (including most used §CR-LF§, §CR§,
|
||||
§LF§ constructions) are separators in that they separate DPG
|
||||
symbols, such as identifiers. White spaces have no additional
|
||||
significance i.e. the code layout does not play any semantical
|
||||
role. However the layout of the embedded Delphi code is preserved
|
||||
in the ge\-ne\-ra\-ted source files.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{Symbols}
|
||||
DPG uses the following punctuation and keywords:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{table}[H]
|
||||
\small
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{|ll|ll|}
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
§(...)§ & subrule & §unit§ & unit name \\
|
||||
§(...)*§ & closure subrule & §uses§ & uses section \\
|
||||
§(...)+§ & positive closure & §const§ & const section \\
|
||||
§(...)?§ & optional subrule & §type§ & type section \\
|
||||
§[...]§ & rule arguments & §lexer§ & lexer class \\
|
||||
§{...}§ & semantic action & §parser§ & parser class \\
|
||||
§{...}?§ & semantic predicate & §options§ & options section \\
|
||||
§(...)=>§ & syntactic predicate & §tokens§ & tokens section \\
|
||||
§ |§ & alternative operator & §returns§ & rule return value \\
|
||||
§ ..§ & range operator & §except§ & exception handler \\
|
||||
§ ~§ & not operator & §finally§ & exception handler \\
|
||||
§ !§ & ignore operator & §memberdecl§ & member declaration \\
|
||||
§ .§ & wildcard & §memberdef§ & member definition \\
|
||||
§ =§ & assignment operator & §local§ & local rule variables \\
|
||||
§ :§ & label, start rule & & \\
|
||||
§ ;§ & end rule & & \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
\caption{DPG symbols}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Syntactic elements}
|
||||
\minitoc
|
||||
\clearpage
|
||||
\include{src/lang/lang-syntactic}
|
||||
\include{src/lang/lang-atomprod}
|
||||
\include{src/lang/lang-simpprod}
|
||||
\include{src/lang/lang-prodoper}
|
||||
\include{src/lang/lang-sect}
|
||||
\include{src/lang/lang-opt}
|
||||
\include{src/lang/lang-rest}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
|
||||
\section{Error handling}
|
||||
|
||||
All syntactic and semantic errors throw exceptions. In particular,
|
||||
the methods used to match tokens in the parser base class (match
|
||||
etc) throw §EdpgMismatchedToken§. The methods in the lexer base
|
||||
class used to match characters (match etc) throw exceptions
|
||||
similarly.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{DPG exception hierarchy}
|
||||
|
||||
DPG-generated parsers throw exceptions to signal recognition
|
||||
errors or other stream problems. All exceptions derive from
|
||||
EdpgException. The hierarchy is as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
EdpgException
|
||||
EdpgMismatchedChar
|
||||
EdpgMismatchedToken
|
||||
EdpgSemantic
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{EdpgException}
|
||||
The §EdpgException§ is the base class for all DPG exceptions. It
|
||||
defines the following read-only properties:
|
||||
\begin{alltt}
|
||||
FileName : string;
|
||||
Line : integer;
|
||||
Column : integer;
|
||||
\end{alltt}
|
||||
These properties contain information about the location where the exception
|
||||
occurred.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{EdpgMismatchedChar}
|
||||
The §EdpgMismatchedChar§ exception is thrown by the lexer when it
|
||||
is looking for a character, but finds a different one on the input
|
||||
stream than expected. It defines the following properties in
|
||||
addition to those of §EdpgException§.
|
||||
\begin{alltt}
|
||||
FoundChar : char;
|
||||
FoundString : string;
|
||||
CharSet : TdpgCharSet;
|
||||
Str : string;
|
||||
Inverted : boolean;
|
||||
\end{alltt}
|
||||
The §FoundChar§ and §FoundString§ properties contain the character
|
||||
or string that was found on the input stream. The §CharSet§ and
|
||||
§Str§ properties contain the values which the lexer expected to
|
||||
find. The §Inverted§ property is set only if the exception came
|
||||
from a §MatchNot(...)§ operation. In this case, the §CharSet§
|
||||
property contains the values, that the lexer must §not§ match. The
|
||||
validity of pro\-per\-ti\-es are shown in the next table,
|
||||
depending on the kind of exception.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{table}[H]
|
||||
\small
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{lcc}
|
||||
& Mismatched char & Mismatched string \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
FoundChar & valid & - \\
|
||||
FoundString & - & valid \\
|
||||
CharSet & valid & - \\
|
||||
Str & - & valid \\
|
||||
Inverted & valid & - \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{EdpgMismatchedToken}
|
||||
The §EdpgMismatchedToken§ exception is thrown by the parser when
|
||||
it is looking for a token, but finds a different one on the input
|
||||
token stream than expected. It defines the following properties in
|
||||
addition to those of §EdpgException§.
|
||||
\begin{alltt}
|
||||
FoundToken : IdpgToken;
|
||||
TokenSet : TdpgByteSet;
|
||||
Inverted : boolean;
|
||||
\end{alltt}
|
||||
The §FoundToken§ property contains the token the parser received from the
|
||||
lexer. The §TokenSet§ property contains the vaules the parser expected to
|
||||
get. The §Inverted§ property is set only if the exception came from a
|
||||
§MatchNot(...)§ operation. In this case, the §TokenSet§ property contains the
|
||||
values the parser must §not§ get.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection{EdpgSemantic}
|
||||
This exception is thrown by a validating semantic predicate. It
|
||||
defines the following property in addition to those of
|
||||
§EdpgException§.
|
||||
\begin{alltt}
|
||||
Assert : string;
|
||||
\end{alltt}
|
||||
The §Assert§ property contains the validating expression that caused the
|
||||
exception.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Run-time}
|
||||
\minitoc \clearpage
|
||||
\include{src/rt/rt-err}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Getting started}
|
||||
\minitoc \clearpage
|
||||
|
||||
In this chapter, we develop a simple calculator. It accepts integers, the four
|
||||
arithmetic operators (§+§,§-§,§/§,§*§), and parenthesis on its input.
|
||||
Spaces, tabs and newline characters are treated as white spaces and used for
|
||||
separating tokens. Complete Expressions must be terminated by semicolons.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Lexical analyzer}
|
||||
|
||||
Let us define the calculator's lexer.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
1 unit myLexer;
|
||||
2
|
||||
3 lexer TmyLexer;
|
||||
4 options
|
||||
5 {
|
||||
6 exportvocab = myLexer;
|
||||
7 }
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
In line §1§ we define the unit name of the generated Pascal source
|
||||
file for the lexer. In line §3§ we give a name to the lexer class.
|
||||
If there is an §options§ block for a grammar class, it must follow
|
||||
the class declaration. Here, we define one option for the lexer:
|
||||
§exportVocab§. This option tells the DPG that all the token
|
||||
definitions must be exported to §myLexerTokens.txt§ and
|
||||
§myLexerTokens.pas§. Grammars can import the generated token names
|
||||
using the exported §.txt§ files.
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Note:} it is not necessary to define the §exportVocab§ option for a
|
||||
grammar. The file names for the token exchange files are automatically created
|
||||
using the specified unit name.
|
||||
|
||||
Now we define the lexer tokens.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
8 LPAREN: '(';
|
||||
9 RPAREN: ')';
|
||||
10 PLUS: '+';
|
||||
11 MINUS: '-';
|
||||
12 STAR: '*';
|
||||
13 SLASH: '/';
|
||||
14 SEMI: ';';
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
In lines from §8§ to §14§, there are simple token definitions. Each of them
|
||||
recognizes one character from the input stream.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
15 INT: ('0'..'9')+ ;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
In line §15§, we define a rule to recognize integer numbers. This tells us that
|
||||
the INT consists of one or more numeric characters.
|
||||
|
||||
Now, define a rule to handle white space characters.
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
16 WS
|
||||
17 : '\r' '\n' { _ttype := TT_SKIP; }
|
||||
18 | '\t' { _ttype := TT_SKIP; }
|
||||
19 | ' ' { _ttype := TT_SKIP; }
|
||||
20 ;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
Characters surrounded by curly braces are actions. The content of
|
||||
an action block will be copied verbatim into the generated Pascal
|
||||
source file. In this example the expression §_ttype := TT_SKIP;§
|
||||
forbids the §WS§ rule to generate a token, because we don't need
|
||||
it.
|
||||
|
||||
Now the lexer definition is finished. This simple lexer recognizes relevant
|
||||
characters, integers and skips every white spaces on its input.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Parser}
|
||||
|
||||
Now we define the parser.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
1 unit myParser;
|
||||
2
|
||||
3 parser TmyParser;
|
||||
4 options
|
||||
5 {
|
||||
6 importVocab = myLexer;
|
||||
7 }
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
This part is analogous to lexer definition with one exception. In
|
||||
line §6§, we import the tokens from a file specified by the
|
||||
§exportVocab§ option in the lexer grammar. Now, the parser knows
|
||||
which tokens are to be expected from the lexer.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
8 memberdecl
|
||||
9 {
|
||||
10 value: integer;
|
||||
11 }
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
In lines from §8§ to §11§, we specify the §memberdecl§ section. This section is
|
||||
used to define members for the generated parser class. In this example, the §TmyParser§
|
||||
class will have a member called §value§. We use this member to store the result
|
||||
of the calculation for the current expression.
|
||||
|
||||
Now we define the rules.
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
12 calc
|
||||
13 : (expression SEMI { writeln( value); } )*
|
||||
14 ;
|
||||
15
|
||||
16 expression
|
||||
17 local
|
||||
18 {
|
||||
19 temp : integer;
|
||||
20 }
|
||||
21 : term { temp := value; }
|
||||
22 (
|
||||
23 PLUS term { temp := temp + value; }
|
||||
24 | MINUS term { temp := temp - value; }
|
||||
25 )* { value := temp; }
|
||||
26 ;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
In lines §17..20§, we define a local variable for the rule
|
||||
§expression§. The following rules are defined in a similar way to
|
||||
the rule §expression§.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
27 term
|
||||
28 local
|
||||
29 {
|
||||
30 temp : integer;
|
||||
31 }
|
||||
32 : factor { temp := value; }
|
||||
33 (
|
||||
34 STAR factor { temp := temp * value; }
|
||||
35 | SLASH factor { temp := temp div value; }
|
||||
36 )* { value := temp; }
|
||||
37 ;
|
||||
38
|
||||
39 factor
|
||||
40 local
|
||||
41 {
|
||||
42 temp : integer;
|
||||
43 }
|
||||
44 : uInt
|
||||
45 | LPAREN expression RPAREN
|
||||
46 ;
|
||||
47
|
||||
48 uInt
|
||||
49 : x:INT { value := StrToInt( x.TokenText); }
|
||||
50 ;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
In line §49§, we specified that the rule must have a variable
|
||||
called 'x' which will contain the INT token. For the moment, it is
|
||||
enough to know that it has a property §TokenText§ which contains
|
||||
the text of the recognized token. This property is a string
|
||||
property, so we have to convert it to an integer, and store it in
|
||||
the §value§ member variable.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{The project}
|
||||
The following simple project demonstrates how the defined lexer
|
||||
and parser classes are used.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
1 program calc;
|
||||
2 {$APPTYPE CONSOLE}
|
||||
3 uses
|
||||
4 Classes,
|
||||
5 SysUtils,
|
||||
6 myLexer in 'myLexer.pas',
|
||||
7 myParser in 'myParser.pas';
|
||||
8
|
||||
9 var
|
||||
10 stm: TFileStream;
|
||||
11 lex: TmyLexer;
|
||||
12 par: TmyParser;
|
||||
13
|
||||
14 begin
|
||||
15 if ParamCount <> 1 then
|
||||
16 begin
|
||||
17 writeln('usage: calc <filename>');
|
||||
18 exit;
|
||||
19 end
|
||||
20 else
|
||||
21 begin
|
||||
22 try
|
||||
23 stm := TFileStream.Create( ParamStr(1),
|
||||
24 fmOpenRead);
|
||||
24 lex := TmyLexer.Create(stm);
|
||||
25 par := TmyParser.Create(lex);
|
||||
26
|
||||
27 par.calc;
|
||||
28 except
|
||||
29 on EdpgMismatchedToken do
|
||||
22 writeln('Syntax error');
|
||||
30 on EdpgMismatchedChar do
|
||||
33 writeln('Syntax rrror');
|
||||
29 end;
|
||||
30 end;
|
||||
31
|
||||
32 stm.Free;
|
||||
33 par.Free;
|
||||
34 end.
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
|
||||
\chapter{Tokens}
|
||||
\minitoc \clearpage
|
||||
\section{Overview}
|
||||
Tokens are the basic building blocks of any parser or compiler.
|
||||
The task of a lexer (lexical analyzer, scanner) is to break up the
|
||||
input character stream into a stream of tokens. Then §nextToken§
|
||||
method of a lexer passes the next token to the parser, or throws
|
||||
an exception if the next character on the input stream cannot be
|
||||
matched by any of the public lexer rules. The §nextToken§ method
|
||||
is always synthesized from the public lexer rules.
|
||||
|
||||
§Tokens§ in DPG are interface pointers. The interface type is §IdpgToken§,
|
||||
which defines the following properties:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
IdpgToken = interface
|
||||
...
|
||||
property TokenText : string;
|
||||
property TokenType : integer;
|
||||
property TokenLine : integer;
|
||||
property TokenColumn : integer;
|
||||
...
|
||||
end;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
where §TokenText§ is the text matched by the lexer; §TokenType§ is
|
||||
the type of token assigned to the token by DPG; §TokenLine§ is the
|
||||
line number where the token starts in the input stream;
|
||||
§TokenColumn§ is the column number.
|
||||
|
||||
Within parser rules, the input token can be accessed via this interface. To
|
||||
obtain the interface to the recognized token, the reference to the token must
|
||||
be prefixed by a label. For example,
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
...
|
||||
x:NUMBER
|
||||
{
|
||||
...
|
||||
LogMsg( 'Token: ' + x.TokenText );
|
||||
LogMsg( 'Type: ' + IntToStr(x.TokenType));
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
...
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
Note: Variables for labels are always generated by DPG, so you should not define
|
||||
them in the §local{...}§ section of the rule.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Defining tokens}
|
||||
In DPG, tokens can be defined in the lexer grammars. DPG always
|
||||
generates a token exchange file that describes all the token types
|
||||
matched by the lexer. This file can be imported in a parser
|
||||
grammar, so the lexer and parser have the same token types. Tokens
|
||||
can be defined either,
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item[-] via lexer rules, or
|
||||
\item[-] in the lexer's §tokens{...}§ section
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Defining a token using a lexer rule}
|
||||
The commonest method of defining a token is using a lexer rule. In
|
||||
lexer grammars, every rule is associated with a §TokenType§ which
|
||||
is determined by DPG at compile time. This value is assigned to
|
||||
the result token by default, but it can be modified in the given
|
||||
rule if needed. This is used mostly in rules that need runtime
|
||||
information to set the type of the result token, but is otherwise
|
||||
uncommon.
|
||||
|
||||
There is one exception: when a rule must not generate a token at all.
|
||||
This is useful for defining comments or white-spaces for a grammar.
|
||||
Every lexer rule has a local variable called §_ttype§. If
|
||||
§_ttype§ has a value of §TT_SKIP§, then the rule won't generate any token. For
|
||||
example,
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
SLCOMMENT : "//" ( ~'\n')* '\n' { _ttype := TT_SKIP; } ;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
The following examples are normal lexer rules, and they are typical in lexers:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
LPAREN: '(';
|
||||
RPAREN: ')';
|
||||
DIGIT: '0'..'9';
|
||||
NUMBER: DIGIT (DIGIT)*;
|
||||
LETTER: 'a'..'Z' | 'A'..'Z';
|
||||
ID: LETTER (LETTER | DIGIT | '_')*;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Defining a token in the tokens\{...\} section}
|
||||
|
||||
Lexer grammars may have a §tokens{...}§ section in the class
|
||||
declaration. Within this section you can define ``imaginary''
|
||||
tokens and string literals. These tokens are not ``real'' tokens
|
||||
and cannot be referenced in lexer rules. ``Imaginary'' tokens are
|
||||
helpful when a rule can recognize more than one type of token and
|
||||
defining rules for these tokens would be ambiguous. For example,
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
tokens
|
||||
{
|
||||
STRING;
|
||||
CHAR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// ========================================================
|
||||
// String or char
|
||||
// ========================================================
|
||||
STRING_OR_CHAR
|
||||
: '\'' (~'\'' | '\'' '\'')* '\''
|
||||
{
|
||||
if TokenText = '''''' then _ttype := TT_STRING
|
||||
else if TokenText = '''''''''' then _ttype := TT_CHAR
|
||||
else if Length( TokenText) > 3 then _ttype := TT_STRING
|
||||
else _ttype := TT_CHAR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
The rule §STRING_OR_CHAR§ recognizes a pascal character literal,
|
||||
and a pascal string literal. The code in the action block decides
|
||||
which type of token must be created by the rule. Note: These
|
||||
tokens are ``imaginary'' tokens. Referencing them in lexer
|
||||
grammars is not possible, because they have no implementation.
|
||||
Within parser rules, the tokens §STRING§ and §CHAR§ can be
|
||||
referenced. But §STRING_OR_CHAR§ can't be referenced, because this
|
||||
rule creates a §STRING§ or a §CHAR§ token.
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{String literals} in the §tokens{...}§ section are useful when the language
|
||||
defines keywords. In this case you can list your language's keywords in this
|
||||
section. They will be put into the lexer's literals table. The lexer will consult
|
||||
this table in the following cases:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item[-] if the §testLiterals§ option for the lexer class is true, the lexer checks the
|
||||
literals table after each recognized token,
|
||||
\item[-] if the §testLiterals§ option for the lexer class is false, the
|
||||
check will be executed in rules, that have this option set.
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
If neither lexer rules nor lexer class have this option set, the
|
||||
lexer's literals table can be explicitly checked via the
|
||||
§TestLiterals§ method. The advantage of using string literals is
|
||||
that you can reference them in the parser as they are defined in
|
||||
the §tokens{...}§ section. For example,
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
...
|
||||
lexer TmyLexer;
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
testLiterals = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
tokens
|
||||
{
|
||||
...
|
||||
"function";
|
||||
"procedure";
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
parser TmyParser;
|
||||
rule1 : "function" ID SEMI;
|
||||
rule2 : "procedure" ID LPAREN args RPAREN SEMI;
|
||||
...
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
In the above example we set the §testLiterals§ option to true for the lexer
|
||||
class. This is not recommended, because the lexer will check the literals table
|
||||
even if it found a non-string token. Instead, you have to check the table in a
|
||||
rule that can recognize these literals. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
...
|
||||
lexer TmyLexer;
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
ID
|
||||
options
|
||||
{
|
||||
testLiterals=true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
: 'a'..'z' | 'A'..'Z' ('a'..'z' | 'A'..'Z' | '0'..'9')*
|
||||
;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
Here the literals table will only be consulted in the rule §ID§.
|
||||
This will improve the lexer's speed. Of course you can set the
|
||||
§testLiterals§ options to true for as many rules as you want. All
|
||||
of them will check the literals table.
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Note:} The §testLiterals§ option has no effect for lexer rules.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\section{User defined token classes}
|
||||
|
||||
By default, DPG uses the §TdpgToken§ class to represent tokens.
|
||||
This class is derived from §TInterfacedObject§, and implements the
|
||||
§IdpgToken§ interface. This interface is used across the generated
|
||||
code. To define a new token class you must derive your new class
|
||||
from §TdpgToken§, implement your interface to access and
|
||||
manipulate your object, and finally tell the lexer that it must
|
||||
create your type of token object instead of the default
|
||||
§TdpgToken§. After that, within the rules you must obtain the
|
||||
interface of your class and use it. Let us have a more detailed
|
||||
look at this:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Create a token class:
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
ImyToken = interface( IdpgToken)
|
||||
[a guid definition]
|
||||
|
||||
function Get_MyString : string;
|
||||
procedure Set_MyString( AString: string);
|
||||
|
||||
property MyString : string read Get_MyString
|
||||
write Set_MyString;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
TmyToken = class( TdpgToken,
|
||||
IdpgToken,
|
||||
ImyToken)
|
||||
protected
|
||||
fMyString : string;
|
||||
|
||||
function Get_MyString : string;
|
||||
procedure Set_MyString( AString: string);
|
||||
|
||||
public
|
||||
constructor Create( pType: integer;
|
||||
pText: string); override;
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
constructor TmyToken.Create( pType: integer;
|
||||
pText: string);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
inherited;
|
||||
...
|
||||
your code here
|
||||
...
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function TmyToken.Get_MyString: string;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := fMyString;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function TmyToken.Set_MyString( pString: string);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
fMyString := pString;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
2. Tell to lexer that it must use our token class.
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
uses myToken;
|
||||
...
|
||||
myLexer.TokenClass := TmyToken;
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
3. Use it in a rule.
|
||||
\begin{verbatim}
|
||||
...
|
||||
parser TmyParser;
|
||||
|
||||
rule1
|
||||
:
|
||||
"procedure" x:id (LPAREN params RPAREN)?
|
||||
{
|
||||
(x as ImyToken).MyString := 'procid';
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
\end{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Note:} You must cast the returned interface to your token interface,
|
||||
because the §makeToken§ method of the lexer always returns an §IdpgToken§
|
||||
interface and the labels specified to obtain a reference to a token are always
|
||||
§IdpgToken§ references.
|
||||
|
||||
\paragraph{Note:} If you have to do special actions to initialize your token
|
||||
class, you must have the same constructor as defined in the
|
||||
example. The §makeToken§ method of the lexer always creates tokens
|
||||
with this constructor. If you have another kind of constructor for
|
||||
your token class, it won't be used by the lexer.
|
||||
|
||||
\clearpage
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
||||
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
|
||||
\ProvidesClass{zlbook}
|
||||
\LoadClass[a4paper,twoside,11pt]{book}
|
||||
\usepackage{times}
|
||||
\usepackage{chappg}
|
||||
\usepackage{here}
|
||||
\usepackage{alltt}
|
||||
\usepackage[bookman]{quotchap}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
|
||||
\MakeShortVerb{\§}
|
||||
|
||||
\let\o@verbatim\verbatim
|
||||
|
||||
\def\verbatim{%
|
||||
\ifhmode\unskip\par\fi
|
||||
% \nopagebreak % Overridden by list penalty
|
||||
\ifx\@currsize\normalsize
|
||||
\small
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\o@verbatim
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% No paragraph indentation, space between paragraphs
|
||||
\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
|
||||
\setlength{\parskip}{\medskipamount}
|
||||
|
||||
\renewcommand{\thepage}{\thechapter\ - \arabic{page}}
|
||||
|
||||
\usepackage{fancyhdr}
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancy}
|
||||
%\addtolength{\headwidth}{0.5in}
|
||||
%\addtolength{\headwidth}{\marginparsep}
|
||||
%\addtolength{\headwidth}{\marginparwidth}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{#1}{}}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thesection\ #1}}
|
||||
\fancyhf{}
|
||||
%\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\bfseries\thepage}
|
||||
%\fancyhead[RO]{\bfseries\rightmark}
|
||||
%\fancyhead[LE]{\bfseries\leftmark}
|
||||
\fancyfoot[RO]{\bfseries\thepage}
|
||||
\fancyfoot[LE]{\bfseries\thepage}
|
||||
|
||||
\fancyhead[RO]{\rightmark}
|
||||
\fancyhead[LE]{\leftmark}
|
||||
\fancyfoot[RO]{\thepage}
|
||||
\fancyfoot[LE]{\thepage}
|
||||
|
||||
\fancypagestyle{plain}{%
|
||||
\fancyhf{}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0.4pt}
|
||||
%\renewcommand{\normalsize}{\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}\selectfont}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\def\cleardoublepage{\clearpage\if@twoside \ifodd\c@page\else
|
||||
\hbox{}
|
||||
\vspace*{\fill}
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
% This page intentionally left blank.
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
\vspace{\fill}
|
||||
\thispagestyle{empty}
|
||||
\newpage
|
||||
\if@twocolumn\hbox{}\newpage\fi\fi\fi}
|
||||
|
||||
%\addtolength{\textwidth}{1cm}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\newenvironment{decl}[1][]%
|
||||
{\par\small\addvspace{4.5ex plus 1ex}%
|
||||
\vskip -\parskip
|
||||
\ifx\relax#1\relax
|
||||
\def\@decl@date{}%
|
||||
\else
|
||||
\def\@decl@date{\NEWfeature{#1}}%
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
\noindent\hspace{-\leftmargini}%
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{|l|}\hline\ignorespaces}%
|
||||
{\\\hline\end{tabular}\nobreak\@decl@date\par\nobreak
|
||||
\vspace{2.3ex}\vskip -\parskip}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\NEWfeature}[1]{%
|
||||
\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\small\sffamily\raggedright
|
||||
New feature\\#1}}
|
||||
Reference in New Issue
Block a user